737NG-T1
Syllabus
CRM
Ground Lessons
Copyright © 2010
The Boeing Company
All Rights Reserved
Document Number: 737NG-T1-IG
Revision Number: 13
Revision Date: June 6, 2013
Flight Lessons
TYPE RATING
TRAINING
737-700/800
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Copyright Information
Boeing claims copyright in each page of this document only to the extent that the
page contains copyrightable subject matter. Boeing also claims copyright in this
document as a compilation and/or collective work.
The right to reproduce, distribute, display, and make derivative works from this
document, or any portion thereof, requires a license from Boeing. For more
information, contact The Boeing Company, P. O. Box 3707, Seattle, Washington
98124.
Boeing 707, 717, 727, 737, 747, 757, 767, 777, 787, DC-8, DC-9, DC-10, MD-10,
MD-11, MD-80, MD-90, BBJ, Boeing Business Jet, the Boeing logo symbol, and
the red-white-and-blue Boeing livery are all trademarks owned by The Boeing
Company; and no trademark license (either expressed or implied) is granted in
connection with this document or otherwise.
This document has EAR data with Export Control Classification Numbers (ECCN)
of 9E991.
Export of this technology is controlled under the United States Export
Administration Regulations (EAR) (15 CFR 730-774). An export license may be
required before it is used for development, production or use by foreign persons
from specific countries. The controller of this data has the individual responsibility
to abide by all export laws.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
0-0.2
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Table of Contents
Section 0
737NG-T1........................................................................................0-0.1
1-0 Syllabus ...................................................................................1-0.3
2-0 CRM ..........................................................................................2-0.3
3-0 Introduction .............................................................................3-0.3
3-1 FPT Lesson 1...........................................................................3-1.1
Lesson Data ..............................................................................3-1.3
Profile ........................................................................................3-1.5
Track .........................................................................................3-1.6
Lesson Plan ..............................................................................3-1.11
Debrief ......................................................................................3-1.16
3-2 FPT Lesson 2...........................................................................3-2.1
Lesson Data ..............................................................................3-2.2
Profile ........................................................................................3-2.4
Track .........................................................................................3-2.5
Lesson Plan ..............................................................................3-2.9
Debrief ......................................................................................3-2.15
3-3 FPT Lesson 3...........................................................................3-3.1
Lesson Data ..............................................................................3-3.3
Profile ........................................................................................3-3.5
Track .........................................................................................3-3.6
Lesson Plan ..............................................................................3-3.11
Debrief ......................................................................................3-3.20
3-4 FFS Lesson 4...........................................................................3-4.1
Lesson Data ..............................................................................3-4.3
Profile (A) ..................................................................................3-4.5
Profile (B) ..................................................................................3-4.6
Track .........................................................................................3-4.7
Lesson Plan ..............................................................................3-4.14
Debrief ......................................................................................3-4.22
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
0-0.3
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Section 0
Table of Contents
3-5 FPT Lesson 5 .......................................................................... 3-5.1
Lesson Data (A)........................................................................ 3-5.3
Profile (A).................................................................................. 3-5.5
Track (A)................................................................................... 3-5.6
Lesson Plan (A) ........................................................................ 3-5.11
Lesson Data (B)....................................................................... 3-5.19
Profile (B).................................................................................. 3-5.21
Track (B)................................................................................... 3-5.22
Lesson Plan (B) ........................................................................ 3-5.27
Debrief ...................................................................................... 3-5.34
3-6 FPT Lesson 6 .......................................................................... 3-6.1
Lesson Data ............................................................................. 3-6.2
Profile ....................................................................................... 3-6.4
Track......................................................................................... 3-6.5
Lesson Plan.............................................................................. 3-6.10
Debrief ...................................................................................... 3-6.17
3-7 FFS Lesson 7 .......................................................................... 3-7.1
Lesson Data (A)........................................................................ 3-7.3
Profile (A).................................................................................. 3-7.5
Track (A)................................................................................... 3-7.6
Lesson Plan (A) ........................................................................ 3-7.13
Lesson Data (B)........................................................................ 3-7.22
Profile (B).................................................................................. 3-7.24
Track (B)................................................................................... 3-7.25
Lesson Plan (B) ........................................................................ 3-7.32
Debrief ...................................................................................... 3-7.40
4-1 FFS Lesson 1 .......................................................................... 4-1.1
Lesson Data ............................................................................. 4-1.2
Profile ....................................................................................... 4-1.4
Lesson Plan.............................................................................. 4-1.5
Debrief ...................................................................................... 4-1.12
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
0-0.4
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Table of Contents
Section 0
4-2 FFS Lesson 2...........................................................................4-2.1
Lesson Data ..............................................................................4-2.2
Profile ........................................................................................4-2.4
Lesson Plan ..............................................................................4-2.5
Debrief ......................................................................................4-2.16
4-3 FFS Lesson 3...........................................................................4-3.1
Lesson Data ..............................................................................4-3.2
Profile (A) .................................................................................4-3.4
Profile (B) ..................................................................................4-3.5
Lesson Plan ..............................................................................4-3.6
Debrief ......................................................................................4-3.16
4-4 FFS Lesson 4...........................................................................4-4.1
Lesson Data ..............................................................................4-4.2
Profile (A) ..................................................................................4-4.4
Profile (B) ..................................................................................4-4.5
Lesson Plan ..............................................................................4-4.6
Debrief ......................................................................................4-4.17
4-5 FFS Lesson 5...........................................................................4-5.1
Lesson Data ..............................................................................4-5.2
Profile (A) ..................................................................................4-5.4
Profile (B) ..................................................................................4-5.5
Lesson Plan ..............................................................................4-5.6
Debrief ......................................................................................4-5.17
4-6 FFS Lesson 6...........................................................................4-6.1
Lesson Data ..............................................................................4-6.2
Profile (A) ..................................................................................4-6.4
Profile (B) ..................................................................................4-6.5
Lesson Plan ..............................................................................4-6.6
Debrief ......................................................................................4-6.18
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
0-0.5
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Section 0
Table of Contents
4-7 FFS Lesson 7 .......................................................................... 4-7.1
Lesson Data (A)........................................................................ 4-7.2
Profile (A).................................................................................. 4-7.4
Lesson Plan (A) ........................................................................ 4-7.5
Lesson Data (B)........................................................................ 4-7.11
Profile (B).................................................................................. 4-7.13
Lesson Plan (B) ....................................................................... 4-7.14
Debrief ...................................................................................... 4-7.19
4-8 FFS Lesson 8 .......................................................................... 4-8.1
Lesson Data (A)........................................................................ 4-8.2
Profile (A).................................................................................. 4-8.4
Lesson Plan (A) ........................................................................ 4-8.5
Lesson Data (B)........................................................................ 4-8.16
Profile (B).................................................................................. 4-8.18
Lesson Plan (B) ........................................................................ 4-8.19
Debrief ...................................................................................... 4-8.30
4-9 FFS Evaluation........................................................................ 4-9.1
Evaluation Data (non-FAA)....................................................... 4-9.2
Profile (non-FAA)...................................................................... 4-9.4
Evaluation Data (FAA).............................................................. 4-9.5
Maneuvers List (FAA)............................................................... 4-9.7
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
0-0.6
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
SYLLABUS
TYPE RATING TRAINING
737-700/800
Syllabus
Copyright © 2010
The Boeing Company
All Rights Reserved
Document Number: 737NG-T1-IG
Revision Number: 13
Revision Date: June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Intentionally
Blank
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
1-0.2
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Syllabus
Section 0
1-0 Syllabus
DAY 1
Classroom
Introduction, Greeting, Course Overview
Computer Based Training
737 CBT Introduction
Airplane Familiarization
Common Display System Introduction
Electronic Flight Instrument System
Navigation Displays
Map and Plan Modes
Electrical System
External Power, Servicing and Ground Handling
Auxiliary Power Unit
FMC Familiarization
FMC Preflight
FMC Route Entry
FMC LEGS
FMC Climb
FMC Cruise
Automatic Flight Systems Introduction
DAY 2
Computer Based Training
Autoflight - Pitch Modes
Autoflight - Roll Modes
Engine Indications
Engine Start and Ignition
Engine Thrust Reverser System
Captain Preflight Procedure Exercises
First Officer Preflight Procedure Exercises
Classroom
Academics Session
FMC Training
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
1-0.3
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Section 0
Syllabus
DAY 3
Computer Based Training
Takeoff Basics 1
Takeoff Basics 2
Automatic Flight Systems-Takeoff, Approach & GA
Vertical Situation Display (VSD) - (as installed)
Flat Panel Trainer, Briefing, and Debriefing
FPT Ground Lesson 1T
DAY 4
Computer Based Training
Bleed Air System
Air Conditioning System
Pressurization System
Flat Panel Trainer, Briefing, and Debriefing
FPT Ground Lesson 2T
DAY 5
Computer Based Training
Air Data
Air Data Inertial Reference System
Hydraulic System
Landing Gear and Brakes
Primary Flight Controls
Secondary Flight Controls
Fuel System
Master Caution and Warning System
HUD System Symbology - (as installed)
FMC Progress and Position Data
FMC Descent
FMC Holding
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
1-0.4
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Syllabus
Section 0
DAY 6
Computer Based Training
Automatic Flight System Non-Normals
Fire Protection System
Ice and Rain Protection
Flat Panel Trainer, Briefing, and Debriefing
FPT Ground Lesson 3T
DAY 7
Computer Based Training
Standby Flight Instruments
Communications
Lighting and Water Systems
Flat Panel Trainer, Briefing, and Debriefing
FPT Ground Lesson 4T
DAY 8
Computer Based Training
FMC STARs, Approaches, Diversions
FMC Flight Plan Changes
FMC Performance
FMC Non-Normals
Navigation Performance - (as installed)
Integrated Approach Navigation (IAN) - (as installed)
Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum Airspace
Reduced Thrust Takeoff
Takeoff Performance Adjustments
Enroute Performance
Approach and Landing Performance
Forward Airstair - (as installed)
GLS Approach (GLS) - (as installed)
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
1-0.5
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Section 0
Syllabus
DAY 9
Computer Based Training
Ground Proximity Warning System
Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System
Traffic Alert Collision Avoidance System (TCAS)
Predictive Windshear Warning System
Weather Radar
Flat Panel Trainer, Briefing, and Debriefing
FPT Ground Lesson 5T
DAY 10
Computer Based Training
Emergency Equipment
Doors, Evacuation, and Ditching
Flight Deck Security Door
HUD Display Controls (as installed)
Flat Panel Trainer, Briefing, and Debriefing
FPT Ground Lesson 6T
DAY 11
Computer Based Training
FMC ATC - (as installed)
Exterior Inspection
Airplane Upset Recovery Videos
Windshear Videos
Flat Panel Trainer, Briefing, and Debriefing
FPT Ground Lesson 7T
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
1-0.6
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Syllabus
Section 0
DAY 12
Written Exam
System Review Session (as required)
DAY 13
Equipment Oral Examination (as required)
DAY 14
Full Flight Simulator, Briefing and Debriefing
FFS Flight Lesson 1T
DAY 15
Full Flight Simulator, Briefing and Debriefing
FFS Flight Lesson 2T
DAY 16
Full Flight Simulator, Briefing and Debriefing
FFS Flight Lesson 3T
DAY 17
Full Flight Simulator, Briefing and Debriefing
FFS Flight Lesson 4T
DAY 18
Full Flight Simulator, Briefing and Debriefing
FFS Flight Lesson 5T
DAY 19
Full Flight Simulator, Briefing and Debriefing
FFS Flight Lesson 6T
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
1-0.7
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Section 0
Syllabus
DAY 20
Full Flight Simulator, Briefing and Debriefing
FFS Flight Lesson 7T - LOFT
DAY 21
Full Flight Simulator, Briefing and Debriefing
FFS Flight Lesson 8T
DAY 22
Full Flight Simulator, Briefing and Debriefing
FFS Evaluation Flight
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
1-0.8
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
CRM
TYPE RATING TRAINING
737-700/800
CRM
Copyright © 2010
The Boeing Company
All Rights Reserved
Document Number: 737NG-T1-IG
Revision Number: 13
Revision Date: June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Intentionally
Blank
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
2-0.2
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Crew Resource Management
Section 0
2-0 CRM
CREW RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Boeing's Crew Resource Management (CRM) training is intended to help
you, the student, safely operate modern two crew airplanes. The
concepts used in this training are derived from airline industry leaders
and the FAA. While Boeing does not presume to tell its customers how
to operate its flight deck, we do offer this training based upon studied
observation of the industry. We anticipate our students have completed
initial CRM training with their company prior to coming to Boeing for
airplane training.
The following CRM attribute categories were derived from United Airlines
C/L/R categories, FAA's AC 120–51 (as amended), Crew Resource
Management Training, and our own experience. These categories, their
definitions, and associated skills and knowledge will be used by our
instructors during your training. We encourage you to familiarize yourself
with this information before you begin simulator training. Your instructor
will answer any questions you may have dealing with the application of
these concepts.
CRM ATTRIBUTE CATEGORY DEFINITIONS
1. Demonstrate Captain's Authority
Definition: “Captain's authority” is a company — and government —
definable set of command duties and responsibilities with the
discretionary power to carry them out.
NOTE: First Officers are also required to learn the duties and
responsibilities of the Captain in the event the Captain becomes
incapacitated.
Example: The Captain may divert to a new alternate
Example: The Captain may refine the fuel load
Example: The Captain may deplane a passenger for cause
Example: The Captain may declare a judgmental deviation from rules
during an emergency
An individual who has learned the CRM attribute, “Demonstrate
Captain's Authority” will be able to:
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
2-0.3
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Section 0
Crew Resource Management
Describe the Captain's duties and responsibilities
Describe the boundaries and limits of Captain's authority
Describe Captain's emergency authority
Describe crew member's responsibilities
Describe managerial styles
An individual demonstrating Captain's authority may exhibit any of the
following observable behaviors:
Declare and exercise emergency authority
Exert managerial control over the crew, cockpit, or situation
Direct crew member actions
Assign duties and responsibilities
2. Conduct Training and Development of Crew Members
Definition: “Training and development of crew members” is the
recognition of inadequate performance and the resulting
“legitimate critique, explanation, and demonstration” of correct
procedure. A crew member conducting training and
development of fellow crew members will be observed taking
an active and sincere interest in seeing them improve, and will
offer them help and encouragement in that improvement. Note
that this type of training is not formal “flying lessons.”
Training and development of crew members is primarily a
Captain's responsibility that comes by virtue of holding a
transport pilot license. However, training and development is
a mutual responsibility of all crew members due to the varying
amounts of experience that exists in the crew force.
Example: A senior pilot offers suggestions and encouragement to a less
experienced pilot after a not-so-perfect approach, but without
degrading or humiliating the individual.
Example: A very experienced F/O helps a new-to-type Captain best
enter a complicated arrival into the FMC.
An individual who has learned the CRM attribute, “Conduct Training and
Development of Crew Members” will be able to:
Describe CRM principles
Describe the learning process
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
2-0.4
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Crew Resource Management
Section 0
Describe basic instructional techniques
Describe counseling methods
An individual conducting training and development of crew members
may exhibit any of the following observable behaviors:
Identify and describe improper CRM behavior
Counsel crew members
Identify and describe improper procedures, operation, and
knowledge
Demonstrate correct procedures and operations in a learning
environment
3. Promote a Positive Interpersonal and Group Climate
Definition: “Promote a positive interpersonal and group climate” is a goal
which, when properly accomplished, results in a positive
group climate, open communications, mutual respect and
confidence among crew members, and free and open
interchange of ideas without fear of repercussion. Promoting
a positive interpersonal and group climate is the responsibility
of the Captain.
Example: The tone in the cockpit is relaxed and supportive, crew
members do not interrupt each other, they exhibit patience,
and they answer questions directly.
An individual who has learned the CRM attribute, “Promote a Positive
Interpersonal and Group Climate” will be able to:
Describe team building concepts and methods
Describe physiological factors effecting individual/team
performance
Describe methods of effective verbal and non-verbal
communications
Describe barriers to effective communications
Describe physiological symptoms effecting groups
An individual promoting a positive interpersonal and group climate may
exhibit any of the following observable behaviors:
Demonstrate openness to suggestions and change
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
2-0.5
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Section 0
Crew Resource Management
Demonstrate respect for and confidence in crew members
Actively establish open communications channels
Provide and accept feedback
Encourage crew members to freely state opinions and
participate in discussions
4. Communications
Definition: “Communications” is the mechanics, art, and craft of
successfully and accurately transmitting and receiving
messages. Communications can be verbal (discussion, call
outs, radio calls) or non-verbal (gestures, body language, eye
contact). CRM communications has four major elements:
Inquiry, Advocacy, Conflict Resolution, and Critique.
“Inquiry” means soliciting information from a crew member,
ATC, company resources, or the flight manual.
“Advocacy” means stating a position, sending a message, and
making sure the message is received.
“Conflict Resolution” means acknowledging and reconciling
differences in information or advocated position. For example,
the Captain may advocate going left of the weather cell, and
the F/O may advocate going right; conflict resolving
communication takes place and the crew agrees to go right.
Note that “conflict resolution” does not mean there is a
personal conflict.
“Critique” may be on-going or task-related. On-going critique
is the crew's constant review and communication about the
flight plan and flight events. For example, a crew is engaging
in on-going critique when they note that their fuel burn is off by
6,000 lbs. over a particular checkpoint and then discuss the
variation. Task-related critique involves giving and receiving
feedback after a task or flight is complete. Task-related
critique is often more difficult for crew members, in part
because it has the connotation of being “critical of the
individual.” Note that this use of the word “critique” is neutral,
and it should include important communication about good
performance.
“Communications” is the most basic CRM element and is
critical to safe aircraft operations.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
2-0.6
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Crew Resource Management
Section 0
Example: The crew has entered a holding pattern for ATC delays due to
weather at the destination. After inquiring about the duration
of the expected delay and alternate weather, the Captain
advocates departing for the alternate with 10,000 pounds of
fuel on board. The F/O mentions the deteriorating weather at
the alternate, the fact many other aircraft have already
diverted, and thus further delays at the alternate are expected.
The conflict is resolved by the Captain deciding on 11,500
pounds as the fuel to divert. Critique is employed by
continually assessing this plan, by updating weather
information and ATC traffic levels, and by the Captain's
favorable comments on the F/O's remarks about the weather
and congestion at the alternate.
An individual who has learned the CRM attribute, “Communications,” will
be able to:
Describe methods to inquire tactfully
Describe responsibility to inquire when in doubt
Describe methods to effectively advocate a position
Describe methods for resolving conflicts
Describe available helpful resources
Describe effective critique methods
Describe methods to accept feedback and critique
Describe methods for self critique?
An individual demonstrating effective communications may exhibit any of
the following observable behaviors:
Inquire and solicit information
Advocate positions and solicit feedback to confirm that the
position was heard
Listen actively to conflicting opinions
Actively describe and clarify incomplete and/or conflicting
information
Focus on the problem, not the person
Advocate proposed solutions to conflicting information or
opinion
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
2-0.7
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Section 0
Crew Resource Management
Actively and outwardly review plans as they are carried out
during the flight
Provide critique and feedback upon completion of a task or
flight
Actively acknowledge feedback on own performance
5. Problem Solving Process
Definition: “Problem solving process” is an efficient and logical sequence
of crew actions that generate a solution to a problem. The
process is as follows:
a) The crew recognizes a problem
b) The crew gathers information about the problem
c) The crew defines the problem based on the gathered
information
d) The crew formulates solutions to the problem
e) The crew applies what appears to be the best solution
f) The crew evaluates the result to see if the solution solved
the problem
g) If the solution fails to solve the problem, the crew reformulates the problem by repeating steps b – f as necessary.
Example: While in cruise, the crew experiences multiple yet unrelated
non-normal messages. There appears to be a problem, but
the conflicting warning signs and unrelated nature of the
cautions are confusing. The crew must use the problem
solving process to define the problem and formulate a
response.
An individual who has learned the CRM attribute, “Problem Solving,” will
be able to:
Describe the problem solving process
Describe information gathering techniques
Describe problem solving strategies
Describe principles of effective planning
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
2-0.8
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Crew Resource Management
Section 0
An individual demonstrating problem solving may exhibit any of the
following observable behaviors:
States that a problem exists
Gathers information about the problem
Defines the problem based on the gathered information
Formulates solutions to the problem
Applies what appears to be the best solution to a problem
Evaluates results to see if a solution solved the problem
Re-evaluates or reformulates a problem if a solution doesn't
work
6. Decision Making
Definition: “Decision Making” is a determination to act, or not act, in
response to an input or event. Decision making occurs after all
relevant information has been solicited and gathered,
positions have been stated, and any differences or
disagreements resolved. Proper decision making should
result in a clear plan of attack and buy-in from all crew
members. Decision making is a necessary part of problem
solving and includes an important time component; endless
looping is not effective, no matter how qualitative the decision.
Example: The crew has dispatched with the APU inoperative. Enroute a
generator fails. Destination weather is now forecast to be 300
and 1/2 for arrival. A maintenance station and hub along the
route of flight is currently 2000 and 3. The crew discusses the
situation and makes a decision to land at the maintenance
hub.
An individual who has learned the CRM attribute, “Decision Making,” will
be able to:
Describe decision making principles and techniques
Describe proper timing for individual versus crew decisions?
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
2-0.9
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Section 0
Crew Resource Management
An individual demonstrating “decision making” may exhibit any of the
following observable behaviors:
Describes decision making guidelines to other crew members
Clarifies incomplete and/or conflicting information
Communicates decisions clearly
7. Workload Management
Definition: “Workload management” is the ability to effectively prioritize
and sequence tasks required for safe flight operations while
avoiding work overload. An individual practicing workload
management clearly assigns duties and responsibilities to
crew members, anticipates problems, and plans for them so
the crew does not become task saturated at critical times.
While managing the workload is an ongoing task, it is most
important in high workload and/or time-compressed
situations.
Example: You are beginning an NDB approach to minimums in a nonradar environment when a fire breaks out in the cabin. The
flight attendants are having trouble containing it. You must
manage the workload to get the airplane safely and quickly on
the ground while coordinating emergency assistance.
An individual who has learned the CRM attribute, “Workload
Management,” will be able to:
Describe crew responsibilities and duties
Describe methods for prioritizing and assigning workload
Describe symptoms of work overload
An individual demonstrating workload management may exhibit any of
the following observable behaviors:
Communicate plans or guidelines for crew actions
Prioritize and sequence crew work load
Clearly assign tasks and actively confirm individual
understanding of them
Describe potential problems/conflict and describe a plan to
handle them
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
2-0.10
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Crew Resource Management
Section 0
8. Situational Awareness
Definition: “Situational awareness” refers to the crew's consciousness of
airplane status in relation to operational and environmental
conditions. Situationally aware crews know where the airplane
is and where it will be (thinking ahead of the airplane). They
are alert to factors currently effecting the flight and to factors
that might have an effect later. They are fully informed of all
available cockpit resources and are alert to the information
provided by flight displays, navigational aids, the FMC, and
other crew members.
Example: The airplane is in cruise over the mountains fighting a strong
headwind when one of the engines seizes. The crew is
situationally aware of an area of extensive low clouds and
icing below, the airplane's present position, and the airplane's
driftdown characteristics. They consider these factors as they
plan a selection of an emergency airfield.
An individual who has learned the CRM attribute, “Situational
Awareness,” will be able to:
Describe sources of information in the cockpit
Describe effects of environmental conditions on airplanes and
flight operations
Describe effects of operational conditions on airplane and
flight operations
Describe distractions and preoccupations detrimental to
situational awareness
An individual demonstrating situational awareness may exhibit any of the
following observable behaviors:
Alert other crew members to operational and environmental
conditions
Maintain focus on central problems despite distractions
Alert other crew members to conditions ahead of the aircraft
Select instrument displays for information relevant to the
phase of flight
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
2-0.11
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Section 0
Crew Resource Management
NOTE: Loss of Situational Awareness is often the result of the improper
application of CRM principles. If the lack of Situational
Awareness is noticed, it is important to determine the root cause
of the problem.
9. Resource Management
Definition: “Resource management” is the flight crew's use of resources
available outside of the cockpit. Effective resource
management requires that crew members know the available
sources of information and assistance and how to use them.
Example: During cruise, the head flight attendant informs the flight deck
crew that a passenger claims to have brought a bomb on
board. The crew calls on company resources to help handle
the situation.
Example: An equipment failure demands a high work load level in the
flight deck. The captain calls on a deadheading crew member
to help call maintenance radio, ATC, and dispatch.
An individual who has learned the CRM attribute, “Resource
Management,” will be able to:
Describe external sources of assistance
Describe company sources of assistance
Describe when and how to use assistance
An individual demonstrating resource management may exhibit any of
the following observable behaviors:
Call external resources for information or assistance
Call company resources for information or assistance
Direct other crew members to use external resources
Counsel other crew members on the appropriate time to seek
assistance
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
2-0.12
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
GROUND LESSONS
TYPE RATING TRAINING
737-700/800
Ground Lessons
Copyright © 2010
The Boeing Company
All Rights Reserved
Document Number: 737NG-T1-IG
Revision Number: 13
Revision Date: June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Intentionally
Blank
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-0.2
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Introduction
Section 0
3-0 Introduction
INTRODUCTION
The Flight Training Device lessons are a significant part of the training
program and are conducted concurrently with Computer Based Training.
The lessons are developed from specific objectives to progressively train
automatic, normal and non-normal flight operations. Each lesson is a
flight scenario designed to integrate weather, operating environment,
communications, thrust management, automated airplane maneuvering,
and procedures. Operating philosophy and Crew Resource Management
(CRM) are an integral part of each lesson.
The Flight Training Device (FTD) lessons can be conducted using the
following three training devices: Flat Panel Trainer (FPT), Fixed Base
Simulator (FBS), or Full Flight Simulator (FFS) utilized as an FBS (with
visual and motion OFF).
NOTE: If Lessons 1T through 9T are conducted in a Flat Panel Trainer,
then Lesson 10T will be conducted in a Full Flight Simulator
utilized as a Fixed Base Simulator with visual and motion OFF.
The lesson will be conducted twice in a 4-hour block time with the
trainees switching responsibilities (PF, PM duties) after the first
2-hour block and repeating the lesson in the second 2-hour block.
Each trainee will receive 2 hours as Pilot Flying (PF) and 2 hours
as Pilot Monitoring (PM) to assure adequate flight deck
familiarization before continuing on to Full Flight Simulator
training.
Your goal is to attain proficiency in Normal Procedures using the flight
management system (FMS) and autoflight system. Proficiency is defined
as “the ability to perform tasks in real time without assistance”.
Proficiency objectives are identified in each lesson with asterisks (*). You
must attain proficiency in all identified objectives prior to progressing to
FFS training. You must also develop familiarity in Non-Normal
Procedures. Familiarity is defined as “understanding the process used to
perform a task”. Familiarity objectives are identified in each lesson with
asterisks (*). Evaluation of your performance will be on a continuous
basis (progressive evaluation).
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-0.3
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Section 0
Introduction
Each lesson has 3 parts: the briefing, FTD period, and debriefing.
• The briefing includes a discussion of the proficiency objectives, flight
plan and significant events, and required level of performance.
Briefing items are referenced to the appropriate sections of the Flight
Crew Operations Manual (OM) or the Flight Crew Training Manual
(FCTM).
NOTE: Briefing items associated with the Normal Procedures
sections NP.11 and NP.21 of the Flight Crew Operations
Manual are not referenced separately.
NOTE: References for EFIS/MAP equipped airplanes are EVEN
numbers (ex. OM 10.10, 10.20). References for PFD/ND
equipped airplanes are ODD numbers (ex. OM 10.11,
10.21).
• The FTD period affords the crew the opportunity to gain system and
procedural experience in the airplane environment.
• During the debriefing, a critique will be conducted consisting of a
review of the lesson and the performance level achieved.
The lessons progress from simple to complex. The earlier lessons stress
Normal Procedures and the introduction of selected Non-Normal
Procedures. The lessons progress to include flights that reinforce Normal
Procedures, while integrating more complex clearances, flight plan
changes, and Non-Normal Procedures. All flights use the FMS and
autoflight system to control the airplane.
Related route, weather, and performance data is specified in each
lesson. Airport information is obtained from the Approach charts provided
in the training package.
Crews are expected to become familiar with the flight scenario prior to
each lesson.
The following pages provide planning data and specific procedures for
each lesson.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-0.4
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Introduction
Section 0
FTD PROGRAM OBJECTIVES
Train to proficiency in performing airplane normal procedures during all
phases of flight.
Train to proficiency in maintaining automatic airplane control and
navigation using the autoflight system and Flight Management System.
Introduce selected Non-Normal Procedures.
ACADEMICS SESSION
The two-hour Academics Session is an instructor-led class that covers
normal preflight procedures prior to your first FTD event. During the
session, videos are used to demonstrate the correct performance of
those procedures, and provide an opportunity for discussion with the
instructor.
FMC TRAINING SESSION
The FMC Training Session is designed to familiarize the crew with the
various CDU menus and to practice multiple CDU entries. During this
90-minute period, the instructor will provide a device orientation and
facilitate the Preliminary Preflight Procedure through the Engine Start
Procedure. Time permitting, the instructor may continue through the
Before Takeoff Procedure. This event is intended to prepare you for your
first FTD session
SYSTEM REVIEW SESSION
The System Review Session is an instructor-led class that reviews
737NG systems knowledge prior to your Exam. This session is designed
to review your systems knowledge and identify any areas requiring
additional study. This four-hour session allows significant time for
questions and answers
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-0.5
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Section 0
Introduction
TRAINING MATERIALS
Training Manual
Flight Crew Operations Manual
Flight Crew Training Manual
Navigation plates (Boeing, Jeppesen)
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-0.6
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 1
3-1 FPT Lesson 1
PREREQUISITE
•
•
•
•
Complete the assigned e-Learning Lessons
View the assigned procedural videos
Complete the Preflight Procedure Exercises
Memorize normal procedures
DURATION:
• Total scheduled time = 3:30 hours
• Time for each profile = 1:40 hours
• Break = 0:10 hours
LESSON SUMMARY
This lesson has one flight profile, which begins and ends at SeattleTacoma International Airport (KSEA). The crew must have memorized
the Normal Procedures before starting this lesson. The crew becomes
familiar with the flight deck and performs Normal Procedures for a
complete flight as described in the Flight Crew Operations Manual
(FCOM). Emphases are on programming the FMC, learning scan flow
patterns, and crew areas of responsibility.
Introductory Topics:
• Flat Panel Trainer (FPT) capabilities and limitations
• Areas of responsibility
• CRM Attributes
• Displays and annunciations
• Autoflight System
LESSON OBJECTIVES
• Perform Normal Procedures and checklists using effective
communication and workload management techniques
• Interpret displays and annunciations
• Program the FMC through the CDU
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-1.1
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 1
Flat Panel Trainer
ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY
• Accomplish all flows, procedures and checklists in the time allotted,
with instructor assistance
• If minimum proficiency is not demonstrated, students must be
assigned remedial work and/or repeat this lesson before proceeding
to FPT Lesson 2
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-1.2
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 1
Lesson Data
LESSON DATA
ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KSEA-KSEA)
ORIGIN:
Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA)
RUNWAY:
16L
ROUTE:
ARPEE, V287 PAE
DEPARTURE:
HAROB__.HAROB
CRZ ALT.:
10,000 ft
ARRIVAL:
None
DESTINATION:
Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA)
FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33
PERFORMANCE
737-700
GW:
130,000 lbs
(59,091 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
20,000 lbs
(9,091 kgs) ISA DEV:
+1
ZFW:
110,000 lbs
(50,000 kgs) TEMP TOC: -2C
RESERVES:
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO, CLB
CRZ ALT:
10,000 ft
FLAPS:
5
CRZ WIND:
250/35
CG:
24.4%
COST INDEX: 20
737-800
GW:
155,500 lbs
(70,682 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
+1
FUEL:
20,000 lbs
(9,091 kgs) ISA DEV:
ZFW:
135,500 lbs
(61,591 kgs) TEMP TOC: -2C
RESERVES:
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO, CLB
CRZ ALT:
10,000 ft
FLAPS:
5
CRZ WIND:
250/35
CG:
24.4%
COST INDEX: 20
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-1.3
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 1
Flat Panel Trainer
WEATHER (KSEA)
WIND:
130/07
TEMPERATURE: 16C
VISIBILITY:
7
DEWPOINT:
13C
ALTIMETER:
29.89
SKY COND: 1400 OVC
ILS RWYs 16L and 16R in use
Landing RWY 16L and 16R
CLEARANCE
Boeing 33, cleared to Seattle-Tacoma International Airport via the
HAROB ____ Departure, direct ARPEE as filed. Maintain 10,000.
Contact Seattle Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1146.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-1.4
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
15
20
30
40
KSEA
0
10
20
ENGINE
START
PREFLIGHT
ELECTRICAL
POWER UP
TAXI
30
T/O
RWY 16L
ALTITUDE
CONTROL MODES
40
HEADING
CONTROL MODES
50
TIME
1:00
10,000'
10
LEVELS OF AUTOMATION
AUTOLAND
20
30
KSEA
1:40
SHUT
DOWN
SECURE
AFTER
LANDING
ILS RWY 16R
(DUAL CHANNEL
AP W/ FD)
Flat Panel Trainer
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile
Lesson 1
PROFILE
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-1.5
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 1
Flat Panel Trainer
Track
TRACK
PLAN
PAE
ARPEE
18 - 22
23 - 27
A
KSEA
16L
KBFI
KRNT
A 1 - 12
SEA
13
CAVOB
EMRLD
14
RENBE
17
0
J7
16
15
RICHR
HAROB
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-1.6
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 1
TRACK DATA
Preflight
1
Electrical Power Up Supplementary Procedure
2
Preliminary Preflight Procedure
3
CDU Preflight Procedure
4
Preflight Procedure – First Officer (Captain observes)
5
Preflight Procedure – Captain (First Officer observes)
6
Obtain ATC Clearance
Before Start
7
Before Start Procedure
Engine Start
8
Engine Start Procedure
9
Before Taxi Procedure
10
Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi
Taxi
Note: Reposition to runway before starting Before Takeoff Procedure.
11
Before Takeoff Procedure
12
Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Note: Flight freeze and point out FMAs throughout the flight, as needed.
Takeoff
Note: Prior to takeoff, give the following clearance: “Boeing 33, runway 16
Left, wind 130 at 7, cleared for takeoff.”
13
Takeoff Procedure
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-1.7
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 1
Flat Panel Trainer
Note: After takeoff, “Boeing 33, contact Departure.”
Climb
14
AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
15
Introduce altitude control modes
16
Introduce heading control modes
Cruise
17
Introduce levels of automation
Descent
Note: Remind crew that when ATC says “expect ______ Approach…,” it
can be considered a cue to begin the Descent Procedure.
18
Descent Clearance provided by ATC
19
Prepare for approach into KSEA
20
Descent Procedure
Approach and Landing
21
Approach Procedure
22
ILS RWY 16R Approach
23
Landing Procedure
After Landing
24
Landing Roll Procedure
25
After Landing Procedure
Shutdown / Secure
26
Shutdown Procedure and Checklist
27
Secure Procedure and Checklist
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-1.8
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 1
DEVICE FAMILIARIZATION
Flat Panel Trainer (FPT)
• No controls are available on the FPT; therefore,
– Autopilot use is mandatory
– The FPT cannot be taxied
• The overhead panel and aisle stand are virtual
• Flat-panel control interactions:
– Adjust/change panel controls using “hot spots”
– Arrows simulate the rotation of controls
Note: Focus on standard, normal procedures, areas of responsibility, and
Normal Checklist philosophy. Provide coaching, where needed.
Note: Remind the crew that they should have the Normal procedures
generally memorized.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-1.9
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 1
Flat Panel Trainer
REFERENCE
Lesson Plan
LESSON PLAN
PREFLIGHT
1. Electrical Power Up Supplementary Procedure
• Ground Power or APU available for AC
power
OM SP.6
2. Preliminary Preflight Procedure
OM 11.40, NP.21
Note: Because FPT does not have emergency
equipment, crew must verbally call out
equipment during procedure.
3. CDU Preflight Procedure
• Enter initial data and navigation data from
flight plan
• Use ROUTE page or LEGS page (PLAN
mode) to verify the route
4. Preflight Procedure – First Officer (Captain
observes)
5. Preflight Procedure – Captain (First Officer
observes)
• PREFLIGHT Checklist
OM 11.40, NP.21
OM NP.21
OM NP.21
6. Obtain ATC Clearance
BEFORE START
Note: Crew should start the Before Start Procedure
after being told the papers are on board and
the flight deck door is closed and locked.
Note: Crew should obtain clearance from ramp
personnel to pressurize hydraulics and to start
engines as part of the BEFORE START
Procedure.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-1.10
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 1
REFERENCE
Note: Remind crew that CDU entries made by one
pilot must be verified by the other pilot.
7. Before Start Procedure
• TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefings
• BEFORE START Checklist
OM NP.21
ENGINE START
8. Engine Start Procedure
OM NP.21
9. Before Taxi Procedure
• BEFORE TAXI Checklist
• Area of responsibility is now Pilot Flying (PF)
and Pilot Monitoring (PM)
OM NP.21
10. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi
TAXI
Note: Reposition to runway before starting Before
Takeoff Procedure.
11. Before Takeoff Procedure
• Set WXR and TERR as briefed
• Displays management
– Set ND Range so that first waypoint is
visible
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
12. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Note: Flight freeze and point out FMAs throughout
the flight, as needed.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-1.11
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 1
Flat Panel Trainer
REFERENCE
TAKEOFF
Note: Prior to takeoff, give the following clearance:
“Boeing 33, runway 16 Left, wind 130 at 7,
cleared for takeoff.”
13. Takeoff Procedure
QRH MAN.2,
OM 11.41, NP.21
• Use and verify HDG SEL as the chosen roll
mode
• Retract flaps per schedule
FCTM Ch 3;
OM NP.21
• Autopilot engagement
Note: After takeoff, “Boeing 33, contact Departure.”
CLIMB
14. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
15. Introduce altitude control modes
• ALT HOLD
• LVL CHG
• V/S
OM 4.10, 4.20
16. Introduce heading control modes
• HDG SEL
• Bank Angle Selector
OM 4.10, 4.20
CRUISE
17. Introduce levels of automation
• Maneuver using various modes with the
autopilot engaged
– Heading control
– Altitude control
– Autothrottle / Autopilot engage /
disengage methods
Note: If time allows, discuss EFIS Control Panel
function switches
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-1.12
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 1
REFERENCE
DESCENT
Note: Remind crew that when ATC says “expect
______ Approach…,” it can be considered a
cue to begin the Descent Procedure.
18. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
19. Prepare for approach into KSEA
• ILS runway 16R
• FMC entries
20. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 30 landing
• Accomplish the Approach Briefing
• DESCENT Checklist
OM 11.43
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 5
APPROACH and LANDING
21. Approach Procedure
QRH MAN.2,
OM 11.43, NP.21
• Update FMC entries, as needed (Vref speed
changes)
– INTC CRS TO (intercept the localizer
course)
• APPROACH Checklist
Note: Guide crew through slowdown to flaps 5 before
intercepting the localizer.
22. ILS RWY 16R Approach
• Dual-channel Approach
• Emphasis on flap extension/maneuver
speeds
QRH MAN.2, OM 4.20
FCTM Ch 1;
OM NP.21
• Practice standard callouts
23. Landing Procedure
• LANDING Checklist
• Autoland
OM NP.21
OM 4.20
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-1.13
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 1
Flat Panel Trainer
REFERENCE
AFTER LANDING
24. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
25. After Landing Procedure
• The PM’s scan flow follows a logical top-tobottom sequence
• No associated Checklist
Note: Discuss areas of responsibility.
SHUTDOWN / SECURE
26. Shutdown Procedure and Checklist
OM NP.21
27. Secure Procedure and Checklist
BREAK: 10 minutes
Switch flying pilot and repeat profile.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-1.14
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 1
Debrief
DEBRIEF
Student Evaluation of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their
debriefing of session events:
• How did the session go?
• What are the crews’ general impressions?
• Was there anything the crew should or could have done
differently that would have resulted in a better outcome?
• Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the
crew, which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed?
• What can the crew do next time to improve?
• What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and
continue in the future?
Instructor Debrief of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes, while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM
and task performance be conducted as much as possible during
the training session.
Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should
review.
Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of
responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support
and enhance CRM.
Note: Reinforce the idea that Boeing procedures are developed with
human factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient
communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from
power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all
resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all
crew members.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-1.15
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 1
Flat Panel Trainer
Summary of Next Lesson
• Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (For example, Profile,
Procedure, Approach, System, etc.)
• Provide references for information that students should review
Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and
concerns to discuss during the next briefing session.
Questions
Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students:
• Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now?
• Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned
in previous lessons?
• Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused
about?
• Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is:
– In conflict with your understanding?
– In conflict with what you have read?
• At this point in your training – does everything seem clear
to you?
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-1.16
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 2
3-2 FPT Lesson 2
PREREQUISITE
• Complete the assigned e-Learning Lessons
DURATION
• Total scheduled time = 3:30 hours
• Time for each profile = 1:40 hours
• Break = 0:10 hours
LESSON SUMMARY
This lesson repeats the profile from lesson 1, starting and ending at
Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA). The crew performs Normal
Procedures, including multiple takeoffs. Emphases are on FMC entries,
levels of automation, and flight instrument interpretation with CRM
integrated throughout.
Introductory Topics:
• Electronic Flight Bag (EFB) operations (if chosen customer option)
• LNAV/VNAV
LESSON OBJECTIVES
• Perform Normal Procedures and Checklists while promoting a
positive group climate
• Interpret flight instruments and navigation displays
• Program the FMC through the CDU
• Choose and recognize levels of automation based on workload
management priorities
• Perform takeoffs
ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY
• Perform Normal Procedures in the time allotted, with instructor
assistance
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-2.1
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 2
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson Data
LESSON DATA
ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KSEA-KSEA)
ORIGIN:
Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA)
RUNWAY:
16L
ROUTE:
ARPEE, V287 PAE
DEPARTURE:
HAROB__.HAROB
CRZ ALT.:
10,000 ft
ARRIVAL:
None
DESTINATION:
Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA)
FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33
PERFORMANCE
737-700
GW:
130,000 lbs
(59,091 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
+1
FUEL:
20,000 lbs
(9,091 kgs) ISA DEV:
ZFW:
110,000 lbs
(50,000 kgs) TEMP TOC: -2C
RESERVES:
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO, CLB
CRZ ALT:
10,000 ft
FLAPS:
5
CRZ WIND:
250/35
CG:
24.4%
COST INDEX: 35
737-800
GW:
155,500 lbs
(70,682 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
+1
FUEL:
20,000 lbs
(9,091 kgs) ISA DEV:
ZFW:
135,500 lbs
(61,591 kgs) TEMP TOC: -2C
RESERVES:
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO, CLB
CRZ ALT:
10,000 ft
FLAPS:
5
CRZ WIND:
250/35
CG:
24.4%
COST INDEX: 35
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-2.2
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 2
WEATHER (KSEA)
WIND:
130/07
TEMPERATURE: 16C
VISIBILITY:
7
DEWPOINT:
13C
ALTIMETER:
29.89
SKY COND: 1,400 OVC
ILS RWYs 16L and 16R in use
Landing RWY 16L and 16R
CLEARANCE
Boeing 33, cleared to Seattle-Tacoma International Airport via the
HAROB ____ Departure, direct ARPEE as filed. Maintain 10,000.
Contact Seattle Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1146.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-2.3
3-2.4
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
15
20
30
40
KSEA
0
10
PREFLIGHT
ENGINE
START
20
30
TAKEOFF
PRACTICE
T/O
RWY 16L
ALTITUDE
CONTROL MODES
40
HEADING
CONTROL MODES
50
TIME
1:00
10
20
30
1:40
KSEA
SHUT
DOWN
SECURE
AFTER
LANDING
AUTOLAND
6,000'
ILS RWY 16R
(DUAL CHANNEL
AP W/ FD)
ILS RWY 16R
NAV DISPLAYS,
VOR, FMC OPS
10,000'
LEVELS OF
AUTOMATION
Lesson 2
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile
Flat Panel Trainer
PROFILE
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 2
Track
TRACK
PLAN
PAE
ARPEE
21 - 26
18 - 20
27 - 31
A
KSEA
16L
KBFI
KRNT
A 1 - 12
SEA
13
CAVOB
EMRLD
14
RENBE
17
0
J7
16
15
RICHR
HAROB
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-2.5
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 2
Flat Panel Trainer
TRACK DATA
Preflight
1
Preliminary Preflight Procedure
2
CDU Preflight Procedure
3
Preflight Procedure – First Officer (Captain observes)
4
Preflight Procedure – Captain (First Officer observes)
5
Obtain ATC Clearance
Before Start
6
Before Start Procedure
Engine Start
7
Engine Start Procedure
8
Before Taxi Procedure
9
Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi
Taxi
Note: Reposition to runway before starting Before Takeoff Procedure.
10
Before Takeoff Procedure
11
Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Note: Flight freeze and point out FMAs throughout the flight, as needed.
Takeoff
Note: “Boeing 33, wind 130 at 7. Runway 16 Left, cleared for takeoff.”
12
Takeoff Procedure: First Takeoff
Note: Flight freeze the simulation as needed, and reposition when AFTER
TAKEOFF Checklist is complete.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-2.6
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
13
Lesson 2
Takeoff Procedure: Second Takeoff
Note: After takeoff, “Boeing 33, contact Departure.”
Climb
14
AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
15
Altitude control modes
16
Heading control modes
Cruise
17
Levels of automation
18
Interpret Navigation displays
19
VOR navigation
20
FMC Operations
Descent
Note: Remind crew that when ATC says “expect ______ Approach…,” it
can be considered a cue to begin the Descent Procedure.
Note: “Boeing 33, expect the ILS RWY 16R Approach. Descend and
maintain 6,000.”
21
Descent Clearance provided by ATC
22
Prepare for approach into KSEA
23
Descent Procedure
24
Review pitch modes during descent
Approach and Landing
25
Approach Procedure
26
ILS RWY 16R Approach
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-2.7
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 2
27
Flat Panel Trainer
Landing Procedure
After Landing
28
Landing Roll Procedure
29
After Landing Procedure
Shutdown / Secure
30
Shutdown Procedure and Checklist
31
Secure Procedure and Checklist
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-2.8
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 2
REFERENCE
Lesson Plan
LESSON PLAN
PREFLIGHT
1. Preliminary Preflight Procedure
OM 11.40, NP.21
Note: Because FPT does not have emergency
equipment, crew must verbally call out
equipment during procedure.
Note: Emphasize familiarity with displays.
Note: Remind crew that CDU entries made by one
pilot must be verified by the other pilot.
2. CDU Preflight Procedure
• Enter initial data and navigation data from
flight plan
• Use ROUTE page LEGS page (PLAN mode)
to verify the route
OM 11.40, NP.21
3. Preflight Procedure – First Officer (Captain
observes)
• Include EFB, if a chosen customer option
OM NP.21
4. Preflight Procedure – Captain (First Officer
observes)
• PREFLIGHT Checklist
OM NP.21
5. Obtain ATC Clearance
BEFORE START
Note: Crew should start the Before Start Procedure
after being told the papers are on board and
the flight deck door is closed and locked.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-2.9
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 2
Flat Panel Trainer
REFERENCE
Note: Crew should obtain clearance from ramp
personnel to pressurize hydraulics and to start
engines as part of the BEFORE START
Procedure.
6. Before Start Procedure
• TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefings
• BEFORE START Checklist
OM NP.21
ENGINE START
7. Engine Start Procedure
OM NP.21
8. Before Taxi Procedure
• BEFORE TAXI Checklist
• Area of responsibility now refers to Pilot
Flying (PF) and Pilot Monitoring (PM)
9. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi
TAXI
Note: Reposition to runway before starting Before
Takeoff Procedure.
10. Before Takeoff Procedure
• Set WXR and TERR as briefed
• Displays management
– Set ND Range so that first waypoint is
visible
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
11. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Note: Flight freeze and point out FMAs throughout
the flight, as needed.
Note: Use the SNAP SHOT function on the AeroSim
FPT prior to takeoff so as not to lose the
programmed FMC data.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-2.10
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 2
REFERENCE
TAKEOFF
Note: “Boeing 33, wind 130 at 7. Runway 16 Left,
cleared for takeoff.”
12. Takeoff Procedure: First Takeoff
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.41, NP.21
• Use HDG SEL as the chosen roll mode
Note: Flight freeze the simulation as needed, and
reposition when AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist is
complete.
13. Takeoff Procedure: Second Takeoff
• Use LNAV/VNAV as the chosen roll and
pitch modes
• Retract flaps per schedule
FCTM Ch 3;
OM NP.21
• Autopilot engagement
Note: As time permits, repeat additional takeoffs for
proficiency, then do the takeoff without flight
freezes and continue the flight.
Note: After takeoff, “Boeing 33, contact Departure.”
CLIMB
14. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
15. Altitude control modes
• VNAV
• Review LVL CHG, ALT HOLD, and V/S, as
needed
OM 4.10, 4.20
16. Heading control modes
• HDG SEL
• Bank Angle Selector
OM 4.10, 4.20
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-2.11
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 2
Flat Panel Trainer
REFERENCE
CRUISE
17. Levels of automation
• Maneuver using various modes with the
autopilot engaged
– Heading control
– Altitude control
– Autothrottle and Autopilot engage /
disengage methods
18. Interpret Navigation displays
• EFIS control panel operations
OM 4.10, 4.20, CRM 6.1
OM 10.10/11, 10.20/21
Note: Clear crew to intercept a radial outbound from
SEA VOR. “Boeing 33, fly heading XXX,
intercept the XXX radial outbound from the
SEA VOR. Expect direct PAE in one zero
miles.”
19. VOR navigation
• Intercept a radial to a VOR
• Demonstration of LNAV engagement criteria
Note: “Boeing 33, cleared present position direct
PAE. Report XX miles prior to PAE.”
20. FMC Operations
• Entering/adding Waypoints
DESCENT
Note: Remind crew that when ATC says “expect
______ Approach…,” it can be considered a
cue to begin the Descent Procedure.
Note: “Boeing 33, expect the ILS RWY 16R
Approach. Descend and maintain 6,000.”
21. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-2.12
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 2
22. Prepare for approach into KSEA
• ILS runways 16L and 16R in use
• FMC Entries
23. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 30 landing
• Accomplish the Approach Briefing
• DESCENT Checklist
REFERENCE
OM 11.43
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 5
24. Review pitch modes during descent
• LVL CHG vs. V/S
Note: Discuss range arc.
APPROACH and LANDING
25. Approach Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• Update FMC entries, as needed (Vref speed
changes)
– INTC CRS TO (intercept the localizer
course)
• APPROACH Checklist
Note: Provide vectors for the ILS RWY 16R
Approach, as required.
Note: Guide crew through slowdown to flaps 5 before
intercepting the localizer.
26. ILS RWY 16R Approach
QRH MAN.2;
OM 4.20
• Dual-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD
27. Landing Procedure
• LANDING Checklist
• Autoland
OM NP.21
OM 4.20
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-2.13
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 2
Flat Panel Trainer
REFERENCE
AFTER LANDING
28. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
29. After Landing Procedure
• The PM’s scan flow follows a logical top-tobottom sequence
• No associated checklist
Note: Discuss areas of responsibility.
SHUTDOWN / SECURE
30. Shutdown Procedure and Checklist
OM NP.21
31. Secure Procedure and Checklist
BREAK: 10 minutes
Switch flying pilot and repeat profile.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-2.14
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 2
Debrief
DEBRIEF
Student Evaluation of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their
debriefing of session events:
• How did the session go?
• What are the crews’ general impressions?
• Was there anything the crew should or could have done
differently that would have resulted in a better outcome?
• Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the
crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed?
• What can the crew do next time to improve?
• What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and
continue in the future?
Instructor Debrief of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM
and task performance be conducted as much as possible during
the training session.
Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should
review.
Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of
responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support
and enhance CRM.
Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human
factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient
communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from
power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all
resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all
crew members.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-2.15
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 2
Flat Panel Trainer
Summary of Next Lesson
• Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure,
Approach, System, etc.)
• Provide references for information that students should review
Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and
concerns to discuss during the next briefing session.
Questions
Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students:
• Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now?
• Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned
in previous lessons?
• Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused
about?
• Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is:
– In conflict with your understanding?
– In conflict with what you have read?
• At this point in your training – does everything seem clear
to you?
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-2.16
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 3
3-3 FPT Lesson 3
PREREQUISITE
• Complete the assigned e-Learning Lessons
DURATION
• Total scheduled time = 3:30 hours
• Time for each profile = 1:40 hours
• Break = 0:10 hours
LESSON SUMMARY
This lesson has one flight, repeated profile, which begins at SeattleTacoma International Airport (KSEA) in very cold weather, with Portland
International Airport (KPDX) as the destination. The crew performs
Normal Procedures. LNAV/VNAV is used as the primary roll and pitch
modes. Emphases are on the autoflight system and FMC programming.
Introductory Topics:
• Non-Normal Checklist philosophy
• MAP interpretation and route changes
• Cold Weather Operations
• Cruise Climb
LESSON OBJECTIVES
• Perform Normal Procedures and Checklists using effective verbal
and non-verbal communications
• Perform EFB operations (if customer option)
• Integrate systems management and information
• Program active routes and updating clearances
• Choose and recognize levels of automation based on workload
management priorities
• Use LNAV/VNAV
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-3.1
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 3
Flat Panel Trainer
ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY
• Perform CDU Preflight programming, unaided
• Elapsed time from entering the FPT to completion of the BEFORE
TAXI Checklist must be less than 35 min
• Recognize and interpret autoflight status during Normal operations,
unaided
• Recognize and interpret displays annunciations during Normal
operations
• If minimum proficiency is not demonstrated, the crew should be
assigned remedial work and/or repeat this lesson before proceeding
to FPT Lesson 4
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-3.2
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 3
Lesson Data
LESSON DATA
ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KSEA-KPDX)
ORIGIN:
Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA)
RUNWAY:
34R
ROUTE:
SEA J20 YKM J136 BTG
DEPARTURE:
MOUNTAIN____
CRZ ALT.:
FL190
ARRIVAL:
None
DESTINATION:
Portland International Airport (KPDX)
FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33
PERFORMANCE
737-700
GW:
126,000 lbs
(57,273 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
20,000 lbs
(9,091 kgs) ISA DEV:
-13
ZFW:
106,000 lbs
(48,182 kgs) TEMP TOC:
-39C
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO, CLB
RESERVES:
CRZ ALT:
FL190
FLAPS:
5
CRZ WIND:
240/55
CG:
19.2%
COST INDEX:
40
737-800
GW:
142,500 lbs
(64,773 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
20,000 lbs
(9,091 kgs) ISA DEV:
-13
ZFW:
122,500 lbs
(55,682 kgs) TEMP TOC:
-39C
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO, CLB
RESERVES:
CRZ ALT:
FL190
FLAPS:
5
CRZ WIND:
240/55
CG:
19.2%
COST INDEX:
40
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-3.3
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 3
Flat Panel Trainer
WEATHER (KSEA)
WIND:
Calm
TEMPERATURE: 1C
VISIBILITY:
3 FOG
DEWPOINT:
-2C
ALTIMETER:
29.79
SKY COND: OVC006
ILS RWY 34R in use
Landing and Departing RWY 34L and 34R
WEATHER (KPDX)
WIND:
Calm
TEMPERATURE: 6C
VISIBILITY:
3 LT RAIN/FOG
DEWPOINT:
4C
ALTIMETER:
29.83
SKY COND: OVC008
ILS RWY 28L in use
Landing and Departing RWY 28L and 28R
CLEARANCE
Boeing 33, cleared to Portland International Airport via the MOUNTAIN
____ Departure, RADDY, then as filed. Climb and maintain 9,000. Expect
FL190, one-zero minutes after departure. Contact Seattle Departure
Control frequency ____, squawk 1147.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-3.4
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
15
20
30
40
KSEA
0
10
20
HUNG
START TAXI
30
TAKEOFF
PRACTICE
40
INTERM LVL-OFF
ENG/WING
ANTI-ICE OPS
ON GND
CDS
FAULT
ENGINE
START
PREFLIGHT
(COLD WX OPS)
LVLS OF AUTOMATION
50
TIME
FL130
1:00
FL210
10
FL190
AUTOLAND
20
30
KPDX
1:40
SHUT
DOWN
SECURE
AFTER
LANDING
ILS RWY 28R
(DUAL CHANNEL)
(COLD WX OPS)
WINDOW OVERHEAT
LEVELS OF AUTOMATION
FMC OPS (CRUISE DESCENT)
- LVLS OF AUTOMATION
EFIS INTERPRETATION
EFIS CTRL PANEL OPS
CHANGE CRUISE SPD
- LVLS OF AUTOMATION
FMC OPS (CRUISE CLIMB)
FMC OPS
- LVLS OF AUTOMATION
- HOLDS/WAYPOINT
ENG COWL VALVE OPEN
FORECAST
Flat Panel Trainer
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile
Lesson 3
PROFILE
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-3.5
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 3
Flat Panel Trainer
Track
TRACK
PLAN
KBFI
A
1 - 17
KSEA
SEA
34R
A
KRNT
18
19
RADDY
J2
0
20
21 - 24
25
J1
36
YKM
26
27
BTG
28 - 29
34 - 37
PDX
30
31 - 33
NACIY
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-3.6
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 3
TRACK DATA
Preflight
1
Preliminary Preflight Procedure
2
CDU Preflight Procedure
3
Preflight Procedure – First Officer (Captain observes)
4
Preflight Procedure – Captain (First Officer observes)
5
Obtain ATC Clearance
Before Start
Before Start Procedure
6
Engine Start
CDS FAULT
7
8
Engine Start Procedure
• HUNG START
9
Engine Anti-Ice Ops – on the ground
10
Wing Anti-Ice Ops – on the ground
11
Before Taxi Procedure
12
Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi
Taxi
Note: Reposition to runway before starting Before Takeoff Procedure.
13
Before Takeoff Procedure
14
Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Takeoff
Note: “Boeing 33, wind 130 at 7, runway 34 Right, cleared for takeoff.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-3.7
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 3
Flat Panel Trainer
Takeoff Procedure: First Takeoff
15
Note: Flight freeze the simulation as needed. Reposition when AFTER
TAKEOFF Checklist complete.
Takeoff Procedure: Second Takeoff
16
Note: After takeoff, “Boeing 33, Contact Departure.”
Climb
AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
17
Note: During climb, “Boeing 33, cleared direct RADDY. Climb and
maintain FL190.”
Note: “Boeing 33, contact Seattle Center, 120.3.”
Use VNAV to climb
18
Note: Passing 11,000 feet, give the following clearance. “Boeing 33,
maintain 13,000 for traffic. Expect higher altitude in one-zero miles.”
Intermediate Level-Off
19
Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL190.”
20
Resume VNAV climb
21
ENGINE COWL VALVE OPEN
22
Displays Management and EFIS control panel
Cruise
23
Cruise Climb (FL210)
24
Cruise Descent (FL190)
Note: “Boeing 33, maintain FL190. Report 20 miles west of YAKIMA
(YKM).”
25
FMC Operations
• Construct an Along-Track waypoint 20 miles north of YKM
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-3.8
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 3
Note: “Boeing 33, hold present position for traffic. Hold on course of your
present position, left turns, 2 minute legs. Maintain FL190. Expect
further clearance at XXXX.”
• PPOS Hold
• Modify Hold
• Determine ETA and fuel remaining for KPDX
26
WINDOW OVERHEAT
Note: “Boeing 33, cleared direct Battleground (BTG). Maintain FL190.
Expect the ILS RWY 28R Approach at Portland via the Battleground
transition.”
Note: “Boeing 33, numerous pilot reports of moderate icing, surface to one
five thousand.”
27
Select the FORECAST page, enter TAI ON/OFF, and observe the
top of descent change.
Descent
Note: Approximately 20 miles prior to the top of decent, “Boeing 33,
descend at pilot’s discretion to cross Battleground at or above
one-zero thousand. Descend and maintain five thousand.”
28
Descent Clearance provided by ATC
29
Prepare for approach into KPDX
30
Descent Procedure
• Cold Weather Operations considerations
Approach and Landing
31
Approach Procedure
32
ILS RWY 28R Approach
33
Landing Procedure
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-3.9
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 3
Flat Panel Trainer
After Landing
34
Landing Roll Procedure
35
After Landing Procedure
Shutdown / Secure
36
Shutdown Procedure and Checklist
37
Secure Procedure and Checklist
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-3.10
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 3
REFERENCE
Lesson Plan
LESSON PLAN
PREFLIGHT
1. Preliminary Preflight Procedure
OM 11.40, NP.21
Note: Because FPT does not have emergency
equipment, crew must verbally call out
equipment during procedure.
2. CDU Preflight Procedure
• Enter initial data and navigation data from
flight plan
OM 11.40, NP.21
Note: Discuss Cold Weather Operations differences
and applicable Supplementary Procedures;
i.e., Engine Anti-ice, Wing Anti-Ice, Flaps 40,
then UP, taxiing on contaminated taxiways,
etc.
3. Preflight Procedure – First Officer (Captain
observes)
OM NP.21
4. Preflight Procedure – Captain (First Officer
observes)
• PREFLIGHT Checklist
5. Obtain ATC Clearance
Note: Remind the crew to begin the Before Start
Procedure after the final load/dispatch
information papers are on board and the flight
deck door has been closed and locked.
BEFORE START
Note: Crew should start the Before Start Procedure
after being told the papers are on board and
the flight deck door is closed and locked.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-3.11
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 3
Flat Panel Trainer
REFERENCE
Note: Crew should obtain clearance from ramp
personnel to pressurize hydraulics and to start
engines as part of the BEFORE START
Procedure.
6. Before Start Procedure
• TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefings
• BEFORE START Checklist
OM NP.21
Note: Activate CDU FAULT malfunction. Clear
malfunction after checklist is complete.
ENGINE START
7. CDS FAULT
• CDS FAULT Checklist
QRH NNC.10
Note: Clear malfunction after checklist is complete.
Note: Activate a HUNG START on engine number 1.
Clear malfunction after checklist is complete.
8. Engine Start Procedure
• HUNG START
– ABORTED ENGINE START Checklist
- Malfunction will be cleared upon
checklist completion
• Normal Engine Start Procedure
OM NP.21
QRH NNC.7
9. Engine Anti-Ice Ops – on the ground
Note: Encourage crew communications to
accomplish supplementary procedures.
10. Wing Anti-Ice Ops – on the ground
Note: The time from entering the simulator to
completion of the BEFORE TAXI Checklist
should be no longer than 35 min., or remedial
FPT training is needed.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-3.12
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 3
11. Before Taxi Procedure
• Cold Weather Taxi Operations
• BEFORE TAXI Checklist
• Area of responsibility now refers to Pilot
Flying (PF) and Pilot Monitoring (PM)
REFERENCE
OM NP.21
12. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi
Note: Emphasize Cold Weather Operations
differences and applicable Supplementary
Procedures; i.e., taxiing on contaminated
taxiways; run-up to at least 70% N1 for
30 seconds every 30 minutes or less, or for
approximately one second every 10 minutes or
less, depending on conditions; etc.
TAXI
Note: Reposition to runway before starting Before
Takeoff Procedure.
13. Before Takeoff Procedure
• Set WXR and TERR as briefed
• Displays management
– Set ND Range so that first waypoint is
visible
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
14. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Note: Remind crew that in flight, CDU entries are
typically accomplished by the PM and verified
by the PF.
Note: Use the SNAP SHOT function on the AeroSim
FPT prior to takeoff so as not to lose the
programmed FMC data.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-3.13
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 3
Flat Panel Trainer
REFERENCE
TAKEOFF
Note: “Boeing 33, wind 130 at 7, runway 34 Right,
cleared for takeoff.”
15. Takeoff Procedure: First Takeoff
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.41, NP.21
• Use HDG SEL as the chosen roll mode
Note: Flight freeze the simulation as needed.
Reposition when AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
complete.
16. Takeoff Procedure: Second Takeoff
• Use LNAV/VNAV as the chosen roll and
pitch modes
• Retract flaps per schedule
FCTM Ch 3;
OM NP.21
• Autopilot engagement
Note: As time permits, repeat additional takeoffs for
proficiency, then accomplish the takeoff
without flight freezes and continue the flight.
Note: After takeoff, “Boeing 33, Contact Departure.”
CLIMB
17. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
Note: During climb, “Boeing 33, cleared direct
RADDY. Climb and maintain FL190.”
Note: “Boeing 33, contact Seattle Center, 120.3.”
18. Use VNAV to climb
Note: Passing 11,000 feet, give the following
clearance. “Boeing 33, maintain 13,000 for
traffic. Expect higher altitude in one-zero
miles.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-3.14
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 3
19. Intermediate Level-Off
• Remain in VNAV
• FMA recognition and identification
REFERENCE
OM 4.10, 4.20
Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL190.”
20. Resume VNAV climb
• Demonstration of altitude intervention, if
installed
• Use of FMC CRZ page
• FMA recognition and identification
Note: Activate ENGINE COWL VALVE OPEN
Non-Normal when anti-ice is turned OFF.
21. ENGINE COWL VALVE OPEN
• ENGINE COWL VALVE OPEN OR TAI
INDICATION Checklist
QRH NNC.3
Note: Discuss valve stuck open versus valve stuck
closed; i.e., avoid icing conditions, limit N1 if
temperature above 10, etc.
Note: Clear ENGINE COWL VALVE OPEN
malfunction after discussing of Non-Normal
and CRM issues.
22. Displays Management and EFIS control panel
• Instructor-led demonstration with both pilots
participating
• Review of EFIS control panel switches and
resulting NAV display indications
• Automatic switching of failed displays
Note: Discuss possible workload management
issues with failed displays.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-3.15
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 3
Flat Panel Trainer
REFERENCE
CRUISE
23. Cruise Climb (FL210)
• Change cruise altitude after level-off
– Levels of automation
– FMC use and entries
OM 4.10, 4.20, 11.42
Note: Have crew use CRZ page to initiate a CRZ CLB
and, if installed, use ALT INTV to initiate a CRZ
CLB.
24. Cruise Descent (FL190)
• Change cruise altitude after level-off
– Levels of automation
– FMC use and entries
OM 4.10, 4.20, 11.42
Note: Have crew use CRZ page to initiate a CRZ
DESCENT.
Note: “Boeing 33, maintain FL190. Report 20 miles
west of YAKIMA (YKM).”
25. FMC Operations
• Construct an Along-Track waypoint 20 miles
west of YKM
• Change Cruise Speed
– Levels of automation
OM 11.42
Note: Have crew use SPD INTVN, if installed, or CRZ
page to change cruise speed.
Note: “Boeing 33, hold present position for traffic.
Hold on course of your present position, left
turns, 2 minute legs. Maintain FL190. Expect
further clearance at XXXX.”
• PPOS Hold
• Modify Hold
– Look at defaults: right turns, 1 ½ minute
legs
– Modify defaults to left turns and 2 minute
legs
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-3.16
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 3
REFERENCE
• Determine ETA and fuel remaining for KPDX
– Progress Page
– How long can we hold?
• Exit Hold
Note: Activate a WINDOW OVERHEAT malfunction.
Note: When crew member turns WINDOW HEAT
switch OFF, per checklist, clear malfunction.
26. WINDOW OVERHEAT
• WINDOW OVERHEAT Checklist
QRH 3
Note: “Boeing 33, cleared direct Battleground (BTG).
Maintain FL190. Expect the ILS RWY 28R
Approach at Portland via the Battleground
transition.”
Note: “Boeing 33, numerous pilot reports of
moderate icing, surface to one five thousand.”
27. Select the FORECAST page, enter TAI ON/
OFF, and observe the top of descent change.
DESCENT
Note: Approximately 20 miles prior to the top of
decent, “Boeing 33, descend at pilot’s
discretion to cross Battleground at or above
one-zero thousand. Descend and maintain five
thousand.”
28. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
29. Prepare for approach into KPDX
• ILS runway 28R
• FMC Entries
30. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 30 landing
• Cold Weather Operations considerations
OM 11.43
OM NP.21
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-3.17
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 3
Flat Panel Trainer
• Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing.
• DESCENT Checklist
REFERENCE
FCTM Ch 5
Note: Have crew descend in VNAV PATH and
discuss range arc.
Note: After BTG, “Boeing 33, _____ miles northwest
of NACIY. Cross NACIY at or above 3,700.
Cleared ILS RWY 28R Approach.”
APPROACH and LANDING
31. Approach Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• Update FMC entries, as needed (Vref speed
changes)
– INTC CRS TO (intercept the localizer
course)
• APPROACH Checklist
Note: Have crew descend in VNAV until glideslope
intercept.
Note: Guide crew to configure to flaps 5 prior to
NACIY for the procedure hold.
32. ILS RWY 28R Approach
• Dual-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD
QRH MAN.2, OM 4.20
33. Landing Procedure
• LANDING Checklist
• Autoland
OM NP.21
OM 4.20
AFTER LANDING
34. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
35. After Landing Procedure
• The PM’s scan flow follows a logical top-tobottom sequence
• No associated Checklist
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-3.18
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 3
REFERENCE
Note: Remind crew not to retract flaps less than 15
until the flap areas have been checked to be
free of contaminants after prolonged operation
in icing conditions with flaps extended, or when
an accumulation of airframe ice is observed, or
when taxiway or runway is contaminated with
ice, snow, slush, or standing water.
Note: Discuss areas of responsibility.
SHUTDOWN / SECURE
36. Shutdown Procedure and Checklist
OM NP.21
Note: Have crew set horizontal stabilizer trim to 4
units to prevent melting snow and ice from
running into balance bay areas.
37. Secure Procedure and Checklist
OM NP.21
BREAK: 10 minutes
Switch flying pilot and repeat profile.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-3.19
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 3
Flat Panel Trainer
Debrief
DEBRIEF
Student Evaluation of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their
debriefing of session events:
• How did the session go?
• What are the crews’ general impressions?
• Was there anything the crew should or could have done
differently that would have resulted in a better outcome?
• Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the
crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed?
• What can the crew do next time to improve?
• What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and
continue in the future?
Instructor Debrief of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM
and task performance be conducted as much as possible during
the training session.
Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should
review.
Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of
responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support
and enhance CRM.
Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human
factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient
communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from
power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all
resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all
crew members.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-3.20
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 3
Summary of Next Lesson
• Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure,
Approach, System, etc.)
• Provide references for information that students should review
Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and
concerns to discuss during the next briefing session.
Questions
Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students:
• Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now?
• Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned
in previous lessons?
• Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused
about?
• Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is:
– In conflict with your understanding?
– In conflict with what you have read?
• At this point in your training – does everything seem clear
to you?
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-3.21
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 3
Flat Panel Trainer
Intentionally
Blank
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-3.22
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 4
3-4 FFS Lesson 4
PREREQUISITE
• Complete the assigned e-Learning Lessons
DURATION
• Total scheduled time = 4:00 hours
• Time for each profile = 1:45 to 1:50 hours
• Break = 0:15 hours
LESSON SUMMARY
This lesson is completed in the Full-Flight Simulator with motion off. The
lesson has one, repeated flight profile from Las Vegas McCarran
International Airport (KLAS) to San Francisco International Airport
(KSFO). The crew navigates using the FMC and autoflight system while
maintaining continuous airplane control. Emphases are on navigation,
systems management and information integration, and Non-Normal
Procedures for start malfunction, bleed malfunction, and engine failure.
Introductory Topics:
• Full-Flight Simulator (FFS) layout, controls, capabilities, and
restrictions
• Non-Normal Checklist use, including:
– START VALVE OPEN
– HUNG START
– BLEED TRIP OFF
– Engine Failure
LESSON OBJECTIVES
• Perform Normal and Non-Normal Procedures and Checklists using
effective CRM Attributes
• Perform EFB operations (if customer option)
• Integrate systems management and information
• Maintain continuous, positive airplane control
• Use the FMC and autoflight system to navigate
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-4.1
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 4
Full Flight Simulator
ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY
• Perform all Normal Procedures from memory accurately and without
assistance
• Perform Non-Normal Procedures in the time allotted, with instructor
assistance
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-4.2
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 4
Lesson Data
LESSON DATA
ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KLAS-KSFO)
ORIGIN:
Las Vegas McCarran International Airport (KLAS)
RUNWAY:
25L
ROUTE:
SHEAD__.OAL, OAL.MODESTO__
DEPARTURE:
SHEAD ____, COALDALE (OAL) Transition
CRZ ALT.:
FL320
ARRIVAL:
COALDALE.MODESTO ____
DESTINATION:
San Francisco International Airport (KSFO)
FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33
PERFORMANCE
737-700
GW:
133,000 lbs
(60,455 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
20,000 lbs
(9,091 kgs) ISA DEV:
+27
ZFW:
113,000 lbs
(51,364 kgs) TEMP TOC:
-21C
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO-1, CLB-1
RESERVES:
CRZ ALT:
FL320
ASSUMED TEMP:
42C
CRZ WIND:
240/55
FLAPS:
1
COST INDEX:
40
CG:
19.7%
737-800
GW:
155,500 lbs
(70,682 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
20,000 lbs
(9,091 kgs) ISA DEV:
+27
ZFW:
135,500 lbs
(61,591 kgs) TEMP TOC:
-21C
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO-1, CLB-1
RESERVES:
CRZ ALT:
FL320
ASSUMED TEMP:
48C
CRZ WIND:
240/55
FLAPS:
1
COST INDEX:
40
CG:
19.7%
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-4.3
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 4
Full Flight Simulator
WEATHER (KLAS)
WIND:
210/17
TEMPERATURE: 38C
VISIBILITY:
10
DEWPOINT:
20C
ALTIMETER:
29.82
SKY COND: Clear
ILS RWY 25L in use
Landing and Departing RWY 25L and 25R
WEATHER (KSFO)
WIND:
320/07
TEMPERATURE: 12C
VISIBILITY:
10
DEWPOINT:
9C
SKY COND: SCT021, BKN120
ALTIMETER:
29.89
ILS RWY 28R in use
Landing and Departing RWY 28L and 28R
CLEARANCE
Boeing 33, cleared to San Francisco International Airport via the SHEAD
____ Departure, COALDALE (OAL) transition, as filed. Maintain FL210,
expect FL320 one zero minutes after departure. Contact McCarran
Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1147.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-4.4
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
15
20
30
40
KLAS
0
10
20
30
START
VALVE
OPEN
OR
HUNG
START
40
NORMAL
T/O
SPEED/ALT
RESTRICTIONS
REDUCED
THRUST T/O
W/ X-WIND
NORMAL
START
PREFLIGHT
DEVICE
FAMILIARIZATION
50
TIME
FL240
1:00
10
20
7,000'
SHUT
DOWN
30
40
AUTOLAND
1:50
KSFO
AFTER
LANDING
ILS RWY 28R
IRS FAST
REALIGN
M/A
ILS RWY 28R
CRUISE DESCENT W/ SPD RESTRICTIONS
ENG FAIL OR SHUTDOWN
ROUTING
ENG OUT DRIFTDOWN
CHANGES
AND LNAV
INFLIGHT ENG START
FL320
MAX RATE
FL280
OF CLIMB
BLEED TRIP OFF
Full Flight Simulator
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile (A)
Lesson 4
PROFILE A
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-4.5
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
3-4.6
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
15
20
30
40
KLAS
0
10
20
30
40
NORMAL
T/O
START
VALVE
OPEN
OR
HUNG
START
REDUCED
THRUST T/O
W/ X-WIND
NORMAL
START
PREFLIGHT
DEVICE
FAMILIARIZATION
SPEED/ALT
RESTRICTIONS
MAX RATE
OF CLIMB
50
1:00
FL280
10
20
7,000'
30
40
KSFO
1:50
SHUT
DOWN
AFTER
LANDING
ILS RWY 28R
SECURE
M/A AUTOLAND
ILS RWY 28R
CRUISE DESCENT W/ SPD RESTRICTIONS
ENG FAIL OR SHUTDOWN
ENG OUT DRIFTDOWN
INFLIGHT ENG START
FL320
TIME
FL240
ROUTING
CHANGES
AND LNAV
BLEED TRIP OFF
Lesson 4
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile (B)
Full Flight Simulator
PROFILE B
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 4
Track
MDDOG
16
19 - 25
27
MEHTA
26
29 - 36
37 - 42
KSFO
RWY 28R
AXMUL
CEPIN
SFO
CEDES
MOD
KYLLA
18
INYOE
17
OAL
2
J9
BTY
LIDAT
SHEAD
13 - 15
TARRK
PIRMD
LAS
KLAS
RWY 25L
1 - 12
PLAN
TRACK
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-4.7
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 4
Full Flight Simulator
TRACK DATA
Preflight
1
Preliminary Preflight Procedure
• Ground Power/ Start APU
2
CDU Preflight Procedure
3
Preflight Procedure – Captain and First Officer
4
Obtain ATC Clearance
Before Start
5
Before Start Procedure
Engine Start
6
Engine Start Procedure
• START VALVE OPEN or Hung Start
7
Before Taxi Procedure
8
Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi
Taxi
Note: Reposition to the runway before starting Before Takeoff Procedure.
9
Before Takeoff Procedure
10
Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Takeoff
11
Takeoff Procedure
Note: “Boeing 33, contact Departure.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-4.8
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 4
Climb
12
AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
Note: After passing PIRMD, “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL240.”
Note: Refer to items listed below. “Boeing 33, cross SHEAD at or below
280 kts.”
13
Speed/ Altitude Restrictions
Note: Before crossing SHEAD, “Boeing 33, delete speed restriction at
SHEAD.”
Note: “Boeing 33, maintain best rate of climb to FL240.”
14
Climb in VNAV
15
Max Rate of Climb
Note: Before reaching SHEAD, “Boeing 33, for traffic separation, maintain
heading 256. Expect direct COALDALE (OAL) in one zero (10)
miles.”
Note: After passing SHEAD, “Boeing 33, maintain heading 256. Intercept
the 318 degree course to COALDALE (OAL). Report 30 miles
southeast of COALDALE (OAL) on the 138 degree radial.”
Note: After leveling at FL 240, “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL320.”
16
Lateral Navigation
Note: “Boeing 33, report 50 miles southeast of COALDALE (OAL) on the
138 degree radial.”
Note: When 50 nm SE of OAL, “Boeing 33, cleared present position direct
KYLLA.”
17
BLEED TRIP OFF
Note: The BLEED TRIP resets in Profile 4A and does not reset in
Profile 4B.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-4.9
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 4
Full Flight Simulator
Cruise
18
Cruise Descent (FL280) with a speed restriction (do not begin the
Descent phase of flight yet)
19
Use VNAV for Cruise phase of flight
20
Engine Failure or Shutdown
21
Engine Out Driftdown
22
Engine In-Flight Start
Note: “Boeing 33, ILS 28R in use at San Francisco. Information ___
current.”
Descent
Note: After engine start, “Boeing 33, descend and maintain 7,000. Cross
CEDES at 11,000.”
23
Descent Clearance provided by ATC
24
Prepare for approach into KSFO
25
Descent Procedure
26
Cross CEDES at 11,000 ft
Approach and Landing
27
Approach Procedure
28
ILS RWY 28R Approach
29
Landing Procedure
Missed Approach
30
Missed Approach Procedure
• Dual-channel, Autopilot with FD
Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain 4,000. Fly runway heading, expect
vectors for the ILS 28R Approach.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-4.10
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 4
Climb
31
AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
Descent
32
Descent Clearance provided by ATC
33
Prepare for approach into KSFO
34
Descent Procedure
Approach and Landing
35
Approach Procedure
36
ILS Approach - ILS RWY 28R Approach
37
Landing Procedure
After Landing
38
Landing Roll Procedure
39
After Landing Procedure (after exiting runway to the left)
Note: After exiting the runway, reposition to the hold short position for
runway LAS runway 25L, then Shutdown.
Shutdown / Secure
40
Profile 4A only:
IRS Fast Realignment
41
Shutdown Procedure and Checklist
42
SECURE Procedure and Checklist
(accomplish after the Profile 4B only)
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-4.11
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 4
Full Flight Simulator
DEVICE FAMILIARIZATION
Full Flight Simulator (FFS)
• FFS emergency egress briefing
• Circuit breaker panels
• Seat controls
• Seat position
• Tiller
• Flight deck lighting
• Toe brakes/ parking brake
• Headsets
• Differences in CDU from FPT
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-4.12
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 4
REFERENCE
Lesson Plan
LESSON PLAN
PREFLIGHT
Note: Lesson completion requires that crew
accomplish Normal Procedures through
ENGINE START in 40 minutes or less.
1. Preliminary Preflight Procedure
• Ground Power/ Start APU
OM 11.40, NP.21
2. CDU Preflight Procedure
• Assumed Temperature — OR —
Reduced Thrust Takeoff
3. Preflight Procedure – Captain and First Officer
• PREFLIGHT Checklist
OM NP.21
4. Obtain ATC Clearance
BEFORE START
5. Before Start Procedure
• TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefings
• BEFORE START Checklist
OM NP.21
ENGINE START
Note: Activate either a START VALVE OPEN
malfunction on engine number 2 or a
Hung Start on engine number 1.
6. Engine Start Procedure
• START VALVE OPEN — OR —
Hung Start
– ABORTED ENGINE START Checklist, if
applicable
– Malfunction will be cleared upon checklist
completion
• Normal Engine Start Procedure
OM NP.21
QRH NNC.7
OM NP.21
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-4.13
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 4
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
7. Before Taxi Procedure
• BEFORE TAXI Checklist
8. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi
TAXI
Note: Reposition to the runway before starting Before
Takeoff Procedure.
Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff.
9. Before Takeoff Procedure
• Set WXR and TERR as briefed
• Displays management
– Set ND Range so that first waypoint is
visible
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
10. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
TAKEOFF
11. Takeoff Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.41, NP.21
• Use LNAV/VNAV as the chosen roll and
pitch modes
• Retract flaps per schedule
FCTM Ch 3;
OM NP.21
• Autopilot engagement
Note: “Boeing 33, contact Departure.”
CLIMB
12. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
Note: After passing PIRMD, “Boeing 33, climb and
maintain FL240.”
Note: Refer to items listed below. “Boeing 33, cross
SHEAD at or below 280 kts.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-4.14
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 4
13. Speed/ Altitude Restrictions
• After passing PIRMD, delete altitude
restrictions at MDDOG, TARRK, and
SHEAD
– Use ALT INTV, if installed, or the LEGS
page
• Climb and maintain FL240
• Enter a speed restriction
– Use CRZ page or SPD INTV, if installed
REFERENCE
OM 4.10, 4.20, 11.41
Note: Before crossing SHEAD, “Boeing 33, delete
speed restriction at SHEAD.”
• Delete a speed restriction
– Use CRZ page or SPD INTV, if installed
Note: “Boeing 33, maintain best rate-of-climb to
FL240.”
14. Climb in VNAV
15. Max Rate-of-Climb
Note: Before reaching SHEAD, “Boeing 33, for traffic
separation, maintain heading 255. Expect
direct COALDALE (OAL) in one zero (10)
miles.”
Note: After passing SHEAD, “Boeing 33, maintain
heading 255. Intercept the 318 degree course
to COALDALE (OAL). Report 30 miles
southeast of COALDALE (OAL) on the 138
degree radial.”
Note: After leveling at FL240, “Boeing 33, climb and
maintain FL320.”
16. Lateral Navigation
• Intercept and track a new radial
• Create a waypoint at Coaldale – 30 nm
– Along track waypoint or 30 nm ring via
FIX page
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-4.15
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 4
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
Note: “Boeing 33, report 50 miles southeast of
COALDALE (OAL) on the 138 degree radial.”
Note: When 50nm SE of OAL, “Boeing 33, cleared
present position direct KYLLA.”
• DIRECT TO routing
17. BLEED TRIP OFF
• BLEED TRIP OFF Checklist
QRH NNC.2
Note: The BLEED TRIP resets in Lesson 4A and
does not reset in Lesson 4B.
CRUISE
18. Cruise Descent (FL280) with a speed restriction
(do not begin the descent phase of flight yet)
• Levels of automation
• FMC use and entries
Note: When level at final cruise altitude, use 2x
speed until 90nm prior to TOD.
19. Use VNAV for Cruise phase of flight
Note: Approximately 90nm prior to the TOD, activate
Engine Failure and remove 2x speed.
Note: Increase ZFW to better demonstrate the
driftdown.
Note: Set-up for driftdown. Crew should accomplish
the Engine Failure or Shutdown Checklist.
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making and Workload Management
priorities, Communications inside and outside
the flight deck).
Note: After driftdown is discussed and the checklist
completed, accomplish the Engine In-Flight
Checklist using a Crossbleed Start.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-4.16
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 4
REFERENCE
20. Engine Failure or Shutdown
• ENGINE FAILURE OR SHUTDOWN
Checklist
QRH NNC.7
21. Engine Out Driftdown
OM 11.31,.42,
FCTM Ch 4
22. Engine In-Flight Start
• Request descent to FL200 or below
• ENGINE IN-FLIGHT START Checklist
QRH NNC.7
Note: “Boeing 33, ILS 28R in use at San Francisco.
Information ___ current.”
Note: Provide descent clearances, as needed. After
crossing MOD, clear crew to descend to
11,000 ft. until crossing CEDES, then descend
to 4,100 ft. until MEHTA (IAF).
DESCENT
Note: After engine start, “Boeing 33, descend and
maintain 4,100. Cross CEDES at 11,000.”
23. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
24. Prepare for approach into KSFO
• ILS runways 28L and 28R in use
• FMC Entries
25. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 30 landing
• Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing
• DESCENT Checklist
OM 11.43
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 5
26. Cross CEDES at 11,000 ft
Note: After CEDES, clear crew for approach at
MEHTA (IAF).
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-4.17
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 4
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
APPROACH and LANDING
27. Approach Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• Update FMC entries, as needed (Vref speed
changes)
– INTC CRS TO (intercept the localizer
course)
• APPROACH Checklist
Note: Guide crew through slowdown to flaps 5 before
intercepting the localizer.
28. ILS RWY 28R Approach
QRH MAN.2;
OM 4.20
• Dual-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD
29. Landing Procedure
• LANDING Checklist
OM NP.21
MISSED APPROACH
30. Missed Approach Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 4.20
• Dual-channel, Autopilot with FD
Note: After the Missed Approach, provide
appropriate radar vectors to intercept the
localizer inside CEPIN for the ILS 28R
Approach. Intercept course to AXMUL.
Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain 4,000. Fly
runway heading, expect vectors for the ILS
28R Approach.”
Note: Keep crew on runway heading until reaching
4,000 ft. due to towers to the north.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-4.18
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 4
REFERENCE
CLIMB
31. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
Note: Instruct crew to descend and maintain 1,800
feet when on downwind vector.
DESCENT
32. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
33. Prepare for approach into KSFO
• ILS runway 28R
• FMC Entries
34. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 30 landing
• Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing
• DESCENT Checklist
OM 11.43
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 5
APPROACH and LANDING
35. Approach Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• Update FMC entries, as needed (select
approach, Vref speed changes)
– INTC CRS TO (intercept the localizer
course)
• APPROACH Checklist
Note: Have crew use HDG SEL and ALT HLD as the
roll and pitch modes while being vectored.
36. ILS Approach - ILS RWY 28R Approach
• Dual-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD
QRH MAN.2, OM 4.20
37. Landing Procedure
• LANDING Checklist
• Autoland
OM NP.21
OM 4.20
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-4.19
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 4
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
AFTER LANDING
38. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
39. After Landing Procedure (after exiting runway to
the left)
Note: Discuss areas of responsibility.
Note: After exiting the runway, reposition to the hold
short position for runway LAS runway 25L, then
Shutdown.
SHUTDOWN / SECURE
40. Profile 4A only:
IRS Fast Realignment
41. Shutdown Procedure and Checklist
OM NP.21
42. SECURE Procedure and Checklist
(accomplish after the Profile 4B only)
BREAK: 15 minutes
Switch flying pilot and repeat profile.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-4.20
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 4
Debrief
DEBRIEF
Student Evaluation of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their
debriefing of session events:
• How did the session go?
• What are the crews’ general impressions?
• Was there anything the crew should or could have done
differently that would have resulted in a better outcome?
• Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the
crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed?
• What can the crew do next time to improve?
• What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and
continue in the future?
Instructor Debrief of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM
and task performance be conducted as much as possible during
the training session.
Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should
review.
Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of
responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support
and enhance CRM.
Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human
factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient
communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from
power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all
resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all
crew members.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-4.21
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 4
Full Flight Simulator
Summary of Next Lesson
• Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure,
Approach, System, etc.)
• Provide references for information that students should review
Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and
concerns to discuss during the next briefing session.
Questions
Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students:
• Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now?
• Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned
in previous lessons?
• Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused
about?
• Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is:
– In conflict with your understanding?
– In conflict with what you have read?
• At this point in your training – does everything seem clear
to you?
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-4.22
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 5
3-5 FPT Lesson 5
PREREQUISITE
• Complete the assigned e-Learning Lessons
DURATION
• Total scheduled time = 3:30 hours
• Time for each profile = 1:40 hours
• Break = 0:10 hours
LESSON SUMMARY
This lesson has two flight profiles. The first profile begins at Spokane
International Airport (KGEG) and ends at Seattle-Tacoma International
Airport (KSEA). The second profile begins at Seattle-Tacoma
International Airport (KSEA) and ends at Spokane International Airport
(KGEG). The crew performs Normal Procedures, including takeoff,
non-ILS approach, flight director go-around, and automatic landing.
Emphases are on Non-Normal Procedures and Checklists for electrical
systems, start malfunctions, displays, cargo compartment fire, and flight
deck smoke, fire, or fumes, and smoke removal.
Introductory Topics:
• Non-ILS Approach
• Autopilot Go-Around
• Non-Normal events, including:
– DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL
– PSEU
– HOT START
– DUCT OVERHEAT
– DRIVE
– SOURCE OFF
– PACK or PACK TRIP OFF
– SMOKE/FUMES REMOVAL
– CARGO FIRE
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-5.1
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5
Flat Panel Trainer
LESSON OBJECTIVES
• Integrate systems management and information
• Perform Normal Procedures and Checklists using effective CRM
Attributes
• Perform FMC operations and associated entries
• Accomplish Non-Normal Checklists
ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY
Increased proficiency with FMC work, autoflight integration, and displays
interpretation. Proficiency with approach procedures.
• Perform all Normal Procedures accurately without instructor
assistance
• Perform Non-Normal Procedures and conduct the associated
Non-Normal Checklists accurately and in a timely manner with
instructor assistance
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-5.2
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 5A
Lesson Data (A)
LESSON DATA (PROFILE A)
ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KGEG-KSEA)
ORIGIN:
Spokane International Airport (KGEG)
RUNWAY:
21
ROUTE:
Direct GEG Direct PDT V112 BTG Direct OLM
Direct CIDUG
DEPARTURE:
None
CRZ ALT.:
16,000 ft
ARRIVAL:
None
DESTINATION:
Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA)
FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33
PERFORMANCE
737-700
GW:
130,000 lbs
(59,091 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
27,000 lbs
(12,273 kgs) ISA DEV:
+4
ZFW:
103,000 lbs
(46,818 kgs) TEMP TOC:
-12C
6,500 lbs
(2,955 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO-1, CLB-1
RESERVES:
CRZ ALT:
16,000 ft
ASSUMED TEMP:
64C
CRZ WIND:
265/55
FLAPS:
5
COST INDEX:
80
CG:
20.1%
737-800
GW:
147,500 lbs
(67,045 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
27,000 lbs
(12,273 kgs) ISA DEV:
+4
ZFW:
120,500 lbs
(54,773 kgs) TEMP TOC:
-12C
6,500 lbs
(2,955 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO-1, CLB-1
RESERVES:
CRZ ALT:
16,000 ft
ASSUMED TEMP:
48C
CRZ WIND:
265/55
FLAPS:
5
COST INDEX:
80
CG:
20.1%
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-5.3
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5A
Flat Panel Trainer
WEATHER (KGEG)
WIND:
250/10
TEMPERATURE: 15C
VISIBILITY:
7
DEWPOINT:
7C
SKY COND: BKN015, OVC025
ALTIMETER:
29.96
ILS RWY 21 in use
Landing and Departing RWY 21
WEATHER (KSEA)
WIND:
330/10
TEMPERATURE: 18C
VISIBILITY:
7
DEWPOINT:
14C
ALTIMETER:
29.88
SKY COND: OVC025
RNAV (GPS) RWY 34R in use
Landing and Departing RWY 34L and 34R
CLEARANCE
Boeing 33, cleared to Seattle-Tacoma International Airport via direct
GEG, as filed. Climb and maintain 5,000. Expect 16,000 one zero
minutes after departure. Contact Spokane Departure Control frequency
____, squawk 4707.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-5.4
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
15
20
30
40
KGEG
0
NORMAL
T/O
10
20
30
SPEED
RESTRICTIONS
REDUCED
THRUST T/O
ENGINE
START
PREFLIGHT
DELETE
RESTRICTIONS
DUCT OVERHEAT (700)
ZONE TEMP (800)
40
FL160
ABEAM
ROUTE OFFSET DEMO
50
TIME
FL170
1:00
5,000'
10
M/A
20
AUTOLAND
ILS RWY 34R
(DUAL CHANNEL)
RNAV (GPS) RWY 34R
DESCEND IN VNAV
SMOKE/FUMES REMOVAL
SMOKE/FIRE/FUMES
RNAV (GPS) RWY 34R
ROUTE MOD
CRZ DESCENT
DISPLAYS CTRL
DRIVE
ROUTE MOD
CRZ CLIMB
SOURCE OFF
30
1:40
KSEA
AFTER
LANDING
SHUT
DOWN
Flat Panel Trainer
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile (A)
Lesson 5A
PROFILE A
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-5.5
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5A
Flat Panel Trainer
Track (A)
BLUNT
BTG
23
OLM
24
25 - 29
22
LAVAA
EBOCA
30
CIDUG
41 - 43
35 - 40
31 - 34
SEA
KSEA
RW34R
21
LTJ
20
J16
19
EPH
PDT
AB
EA
M
18
17
16
15
14
GEG
13
KGEG
RW03
1 - 12
PLAN
TRACK (Profile A)
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-5.6
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 5A
TRACK DATA (Profile A)
Preflight
1
Preliminary Preflight Procedure
2
CDU Preflight Procedure
3
Preflight Procedure – Captain and First Officer
4
Obtain ATC Clearance
Before Start
5
Before Start Procedure
Engine Start
6
Engine Start Procedure
7
Before Taxi Procedure
8
Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi
Taxi
9
Before Takeoff Procedure
10
Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Takeoff
11
Takeoff Procedure
Climb
12
AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
Note: “Boeing 33, maintain 230 kts. Climb and maintain 16,000.”
13
Enter Speed Restriction
Note: “Boeing 33, resume normal speed.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-5.7
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5A
Flat Panel Trainer
14
Delete Speed Restriction
15
DUCT OVERHEAT (-700) /
ZONE TEMP (-800)
Note: “Boeing 33, report abeam EPHRATA (EPH).”
16
FMC Operations
17
Route Offset
18
SOURCE OFF
Cruise
Note: “Boeing 33, cleared direct to the PDT 250 degree radial at 50 NM,
then direct LTJ, flight plan route.”
19
Route Modification
• Place-Bearing/Distance waypoint creation
20
Cruise Climb (17,000)
21
Change Cruise Speed
22
DRIVE
23
DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL
24
Cruise Descent (16,000)
Descent
Note: “Boeing 33, expect the RNAV (GPS) RWY 34R Approach Seattle,
CIDUG Transition. Information _ current.”
25
Descent Clearance provided by ATC
26
SMOKE, FIRE or FUMES
27
SMOKE or FUMES REMOVAL
28
Prepare for approach into KSEA
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-5.8
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
29
Lesson 5A
Descent Procedure
Note: When appropriate (terrain may be an issue), “Boeing 33, cleared
direct EBOCA for the RNAV (GPS) 34R Approach. Descend pilot’s
discretion and maintain 5,000. Cross EBOCA at or above 5,000.”
Approach and Landing
30
Approach Procedure
Note: When approximately 5 miles from EBOCA, “Boeing 33, cross
EBOCA at or above 5,000, cleared RNAV (GPS) RWY 34R
Approach.”
31
Non-ILS Approach - RNAV (GPS) RWY 34R
32
Landing Procedure
Missed Approach
33
Missed Approach Procedure
Climb
34
AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
Descent
35
Descent Clearance provided by ATC
36
Prepare for approach into KSEA
37
Descent Procedure
Approach and Landing
38
Approach Procedure
39
ILS RWY 34R Approach
40
Landing Procedure
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-5.9
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5A
Flat Panel Trainer
After Landing
41
Landing Roll Procedure
42
After Landing Procedure
Shutdown
43
Shutdown Procedure and Checklist
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-5.10
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 5A
REFERENCE
Lesson Plan (A)
LESSON PLAN (PROFILE A)
PREFLIGHT
1. Preliminary Preflight Procedure
OM 11.40, NP.21
2. CDU Preflight Procedure
• Assumed Temperature — OR —
Reduced Thrust Takeoff
3. Preflight Procedure –Captain and First Officer
• PREFLIGHT Checklist
OM NP.21
4. Obtain ATC Clearance
Note: Remind the crew to begin the Before Start
Procedure after the final load/dispatch
information papers are on board and the flight
deck door has been closed and locked.
BEFORE START
Note: Crew should start the Before Start Procedure
after being told the papers are on board and
the flight deck door is closed and locked.
Note: Crew should obtain clearance from ramp
personnel to pressurize hydraulics and to start
engines as part of the BEFORE START
Procedure.
5. Before Start Procedure
• TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefings
• BEFORE START Checklist
OM NP.21
ENGINE START
6. Engine Start Procedure
• Normal Procedure
OM NP.21
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-5.11
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5A
Flat Panel Trainer
REFERENCE
7. Before Taxi Procedure
• BEFORE TAXI Checklist
8. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi
TAXI
Note: Reposition to runway before starting Before
Takeoff Procedure.
Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff.
9. Before Takeoff Procedure
• Set WXR and TERR as briefed
• Displays Management
– Set ND range so that first waypoint is
visible
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
10. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
TAKEOFF
11. Takeoff Procedure
QRH MAN.2,
OM 11.41, NP.21
• Use LNAV/VNAV as the chosen roll and
pitch modes
• Retract flaps per schedule
FCTM Ch 3;
CLIMB
12. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
Note: “Boeing 33, maintain 230 kts. Climb and
maintain 16,000.”
13. Enter Speed Restriction
• Use CRZ page or SPD INTV, if installed
OM 4.10, 4.20
Note: “Boeing 33, resume normal speed.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-5.12
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 5A
REFERENCE
14. Delete Speed Restriction
• Use CRZ page or SPD INTV, if installed
Note: Activate a DUCT OVERHEAT or ZONE TEMP
malfunction.
15. DUCT OVERHEAT (-700) /
ZONE TEMP (-800)
• DUCT OVERHEAT Checklist (-700)
QRH NNC.2
— OR —
• ZONE TEMP Checklist(-800)
Note: Clear malfunction before crew begins checklist
so that this Non-Normal can be cleared by the
Trip Reset switch.
Note: “Boeing 33, report abeam EPHRATA (EPH).”
16. FMC Operations
• FIX page functions
17. Route Offset
• Instructor-led Demonstration.
Note: Activate a SOURCE OFF malfunction on the
same side as the engaged autopilot.
18. SOURCE OFF
• SOURCE OFF Checklist
QRH NNC.6
Note: Discuss why autopilot disengaged.
Note: Clear SOURCE OFF malfunction after
checklist is complete.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-5.13
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5A
Flat Panel Trainer
REFERENCE
CRUISE
Note: “Boeing 33, cleared direct to the PDT 250
degree radial at 50 NM, then direct LTJ, flight
plan route.”
19. Route Modification
• Direct-To Waypoint
• Place-Bearing/Distance waypoint creation
20. Cruise Climb (17,000)
• Change cruise altitude after level-off
– Levels of automation
– FMC use and entries
OM 4.10,.20, 11.42
21. Change Cruise Speed
Note: Activate DRIVE Non-Normal. Fail opposite
side as engaged autopilot.
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Communications and Decision Making).
22. DRIVE
• DRIVE Checklist
QRH NNC.6
Note: Discuss why autopilot remained engaged.
Note: Activate EFIS failure Non-Normal. Fail the
EFIS control panel on the same side as
engaged autopilot.
23. DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL
• DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL Checklist
QRH NNC.10
Note: Discuss why autopilot disengaged.
24. Cruise Descent (16,000)
OM 4.10,.20, 11.42
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-5.14
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 5A
REFERENCE
DESCENT
Note: “Boeing 33, expect the RNAV (GPS) RWY 34R
Approach Seattle, CIDUG transition.
Information _ current.”
25. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
Note: Instructor needs to provide a scenario to initiate
the SMOKE, FIRE, OR FUMES Non-Normal
and guide the crew through both the SMOKE,
FIRE, OR FUMES Checklist and the SMOKE
OR FUMES REMOVAL Checklist.
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making and Workload Management
priorities, Communications inside and outside
the flight deck).
26. SMOKE, FIRE or FUMES
• SMOKE, FIRE or FUMES Checklist
QRH NNC.8
27. SMOKE or FUMES REMOVAL
• SMOKE or FUMES REMOVAL Checklist
28. Prepare for approach into KSEA
• Non-ILS Approach RWY 34R
• Descend in VNAV
29. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 30 landing
• Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing
• DESCENT Checklist
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 5
Note: Use accelerated speed, where appropriate.
Note: When appropriate (terrain may be an issue),
“Boeing 33, cleared direct EBOCA for the
RNAV (GPS) 34R Approach. Descend pilot’s
discretion and maintain 5,000. Cross EBOCA
at or above 5,000.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-5.15
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5A
Flat Panel Trainer
REFERENCE
APPROACH and LANDING
30. Approach Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• Update FMC entries, as needed (Vref speed
changes)
– After approach selection, RNP
requirements for the approach can be
found on PROGRESS page 4
• APPROACH Checklist
Note: Discuss RNP requirements for approach.
Note: When approximately 5 miles from EBOCA,
“Boeing 33, cross EBOCA at or above 5,000,
cleared RNAV (GPS) RWY 34R Approach.”
31. Non-ILS Approach - RNAV (GPS) RWY 34R
• Approach to be flown in IAN, if installed, or
LNAV/VNAV
• Single-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD
FCTM Ch 5
32. Landing Procedure
• LANDING Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH MAN.2
MISSED APPROACH
33. Missed Approach Procedure
• Single-channel, Autopilot with FD
QRH MAN.2, OM 4.20
CLIMB
34. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
Note: After the Missed Approach, provide
appropriate vectors to intercept the localizer for
the ILS 34R Approach.
Note: Use accelerated speed, where appropriate.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-5.16
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 5A
REFERENCE
DESCENT
35. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
36. Prepare for approach into KSEA
• ILS runway 34R
• FMC Entries
37. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 30 landing
• Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing
• DESCENT Checklist
OM 11.43
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch. 5
APPROACH and LANDING
38. Approach Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• Update FMC entries, as needed (select
approach, Vref speed changes)
– INTC CRS TO (intercept the localizer
course)
• APPROACH Checklist
Note: Have crew use HDG SEL and ALT HLD as the
roll and pitch modes while being vectored.
39. ILS RWY 34R Approach
QRH MAN.2;
OM 4.20
• Dual-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD
40. Landing Procedure
• LANDING Checklist
• Autoland
OM NP.21
OM 4.20
AFTER LANDING
41. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
42. After Landing Procedure
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-5.17
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5A
Flat Panel Trainer
REFERENCE
SHUTDOWN
43. Shutdown Procedure and Checklist
OM NP.21
BREAK: 10 minutes
Switch flying pilot and continue to Profile B.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-5.18
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 5B
Lesson Data (B)
LESSON DATA (PROFILE B)
ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KSEA-KGEG)
ORIGIN:
Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA)
RUNWAY:
34R
ROUTE:
SEA FLAAK J505 TWISP J52 GEG
DEPARTURE:
MONTN__.MONTN
CRZ ALT.:
FL190
ARRIVAL:
None
DESTINATION:
Spokane International Airport (KGEG)
FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33
PERFORMANCE
737-700
GW:
128,000 lbs
(58,182 kgs) RUNWAY:
Slippery
FUEL:
25,000 lbs
(11,364 kgs) ISA DEV:
+4
ZFW:
103,000 lbs
(46,818 kgs) TEMP TOC:
-19C
6,500 lbs
(2,955 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO-1, CLB-1
RESERVES:
CRZ ALT:
FL190
FLAPS:
5
CRZ WIND:
255/65
CG:
22.3%
COST INDEX:
55
737-800
GW:
144,000 lbs
(65,455 kgs) RUNWAY:
Slippery
FUEL:
25,000 lbs
(11,364 kgs) ISA DEV:
+4
ZFW:
119,000 lbs
(54,091 kgs) TEMP TOC:
-19C
6,500 lbs
(2,955 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO-1, CLB-1
RESERVES:
CRZ ALT:
FL190
FLAPS:
5
CRZ WIND:
255/65
CG:
22.3%
COST INDEX:
55
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-5.19
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5B
Flat Panel Trainer
WEATHER (KSEA)
WIND:
320/10
TEMPERATURE: 18C
VISIBILITY:
7 RAIN
DEWPOINT:
14C
SKY COND: OVC025
ALTIMETER:
29.88
ILS RWY 34R in use
Landing and Departing RWY 34L and 34R
WEATHER (KGEG)
WIND:
030/10
TEMPERATURE: 15C
VISIBILITY:
7
DEWPOINT:
7C
SKY COND: BKN015, OVC025
ALTIMETER:
29.96
VOR RWY 03 Approach in use
Landing and Departing RWY 03
CLEARANCE
Boeing 33, cleared to Spokane International Airport, MOUNTAIN ____
Departure, FLAAK, as filed. Climb and maintain 5,000. Expect FL190,
one-zero minutes after departure. Contact Seattle Departure Control
frequency ____, squawk 4277.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-5.20
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
15
20
30
40
KSEA
0
NORMAL
T/O
10
20
HOT
START
PSEU LT
30
SPEED
RESTRICTIONS
REDUCED
THRUST T/O
ENGINE
START
PREFLIGHT
DELETE
RESTRICTIONS
PACK/
PACK TRIP OFF
40
FL190
SOURCE OFF
50
TIME
FL210
1:00
5,000'
M/A
10
20
AUTOLAND
30
KGEG
1:40
SHUT
DOWN
AFTER
LANDING
ILS RWY 3
(DUAL CHANNEL)
VOR RWY 3
CARGO FIRE
ROUTE MOD
CRZ DESCENT
DISPLAYS CTRL
DRIVE
ROUTE MOD
CRZ CLIMB
ROUTE OFFSET DEMO
Flat Panel Trainer
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile (B)
Lesson 5B
PROFILE B
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-5.21
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5B
Flat Panel Trainer
Track (B)
32 - 41
GEG
29 - 31
ZEGRO
1 - 12
KSEA
RW34R
SEA
13
NEZUG 14
15 - 18
FLAAK
19 - 22
5
J50
23
TWISP
24
EPH
25 - 27
SINGG
J52
28
EPAFY
KGEG
RW03
PLAN
ACTUAL
TRACK (Profile B)
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-5.22
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 5B
TRACK DATA (Profile B)
Preflight
1
Preliminary Preflight Procedure
2
CDU Preflight Procedure
3
Preflight Procedure – Captain and First Officer
4
Obtain ATC Clearance
Before Start
Before Start Procedure
5
6
PSEU Light
• PSEU Checklist
Engine Start
7
Engine Start Procedure
• Hot Start
8
Before Taxi Procedure
9
Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi
Taxi
10
Before Takeoff Procedure
11
Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Takeoff
12
Takeoff Procedure
Climb
13
AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
Note: When crew calls Departure Control, “Boeing 33, radar contact,
climb and maintain FL190.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-5.23
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5B
Flat Panel Trainer
Note: After NEZUG, “Boeing 33, maintain 230 kts. for traffic.”
14
Enter Speed Restriction
Note: “Boeing 33, resume normal speed.”
15
Delete Speed Restriction
16
PACK or PACK TRIP OFF
17
SOURCE OFF
Cruise
Note: “Boeing 33, for traffic, fly a route offset 3 miles left of course. Begin
offset now and expect further clearance in 20 NM.”
18
Route Modification
Note: “Boeing 33, clear of traffic. End route offset.”
Note: “Boeing 33, cleared direct TWISP. Report 20 miles SW of TWISP.”
Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL210.”
19
Cruise Climb
20
Change Cruise Speed
21
DRIVE
22
DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL
Note: “Boeing 33, descend and maintain FL190.”
23
Cruise Descent
Note: Approaching the Along-Track waypoint of TWISP/-20, “Boeing 33,
fly heading 070. Intercept J52 to GEG. Maintain FL190.”
Descent
Note: “Boeing 33, expect the EPAFY transition to the VOR RWY 03
Approach at Spokane. Information XX current.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-5.24
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 5B
Note: “Boeing 33, cleared direct EPAFY. Descend pilots discretion to
5,000. Cross EPAFY at or above 5,000.”
24
Descent Clearance provided by ATC
25
CARGO FIRE
26
Prepare for approach into KGEG
27
DESCENT Checklist – Deferred Item from CARGO FIRE Checklist
Approach and Landing
Note: Approaching EPAFY, “Boeing 33, XX miles west of EPAFY, cross
EPAFY at or above 5,000. Cleared VOR RWY 03 Approach.”
28
APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from CARGO FIRE
Checklist
29
Non-ILS Approach – VOR RWY 03
30
LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from CARGO FIRE Checklist
Missed Approach
31
Missed Approach Procedure
Climb
32
AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
Descent
33
Descent Clearance provided by ATC
34
Prepare for approach into KGEG
35
DESCENT Checklist – Deferred Item from CARGO FIRE Checklist
Approach and Landing
36
APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from CARGO FIRE
Checklist
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-5.25
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5B
Flat Panel Trainer
37
ILS RWY 03 Approach
38
LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from CARGO FIRE Checklist
After Landing
39
Landing Roll Procedure
40
After Landing Procedure
Shutdown
41
Shutdown Procedure and Checklist
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-5.26
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 5B
REFERENCE
Lesson Plan (B)
LESSON PLAN (PROFILE B)
PREFLIGHT
1. Preliminary Preflight Procedure
OM 11.40, NP.21
2. CDU Preflight Procedure
• Reduced Thrust Takeoff
3. Preflight Procedure –Captain and First Officer
• PREFLIGHT Checklist
OM NP.21
4. Obtain ATC Clearance
BEFORE START
Note: Crew should obtain clearance from ramp
personnel to pressurize hydraulics and to start
engines as part of the BEFORE START
Procedure.
5. Before Start Procedure
• TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefings
• BEFORE START Checklist
OM NP.21
6. PSEU Light
• PSEU Checklist
QRH NNC.15
Note: Clear malfunction after checklist is complete.
ENGINE START
Note: Activate a Hot Start on engine number 2. Clear
malfunction after checklist is complete.
7. Engine Start Procedure
• Hot Start
– ABORTED ENGINE START Checklist
- Malfunction will be cleared upon
checklist completion
• Normal Engine Start Procedure
OM NP.21, SP.2
QRH NNC.7
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-5.27
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5B
Flat Panel Trainer
8. Before Taxi Procedure
• BEFORE TAXI Checklist
REFERENCE
OM NP.21
9. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi
TAXI
Note: Reposition to runway before starting Before
Takeoff Procedure.
Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff.
10. Before Takeoff Procedure
• Set WXR and TERR as briefed
• Displays Management
– Set ND range selection so first waypoint
is visible
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
11. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
TAKEOFF
12. Takeoff Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.41, NP.21
• Use LNAV/VNAV as the chosen roll and
pitch modes
CLIMB
13. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
Note: When crew calls Departure Control, “Boeing
33, radar contact, climb and maintain FL190.”
Note: After NEZUG, “Boeing 33, maintain 230 kts. for
traffic.”
14. Enter Speed Restriction
OM 4.10, 4.20, 11.41
Note: “Boeing 33, resume normal speed.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-5.28
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 5B
REFERENCE
15. Delete Speed Restriction
Note: Activate PACK or PACK TRIP OFF NonNormal that resets with push of TRIP RESET
switch.
16. PACK or PACK TRIP OFF
• PACK or PACK TRIP OFF Checklist
QRH NNC.2
Note: Activate SOURCE OFF Non-Normal. Fail
opposite side as engaged autopilot.
17. SOURCE OFF
• SOURCE OFF Checklist
QRH NNC.6
Note: Discuss why autopilot remained engaged.
Note: Clear malfunction after checklist is complete.
CRUISE
Note: “Boeing 33, for traffic, fly a route offset 3 miles
left of course. Begin offset now and expect
further clearance in 20 NM.”
18. Route Modification
• Route Offset
Note: “Boeing 33, clear of traffic. End route offset.”
Note: “Boeing 33, cleared direct TWISP. Report 20
miles SW of TWISP.”
• Direct to waypoint
• Along Track waypoint construction
OM 11.42
Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL210.”
19. Cruise Climb
• Change cruise altitude after level-off
– Levels of automation
– FMC use and entries
OM 4.10, 4.20, 11.42
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-5.29
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5B
Flat Panel Trainer
REFERENCE
20. Change Cruise Speed
Note: Activate DRIVE Non-Normal. Fail opposite
side as engaged autopilot.
21. DRIVE
• DRIVE Checklist
QRH NNC.6
Note: Discuss why autopilot remained engaged.
Note: Activate EFIS failure Non-Normal. Fail EFIS
control panel opposite side as engaged
autopilot.
22. DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL
• DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL Checklist
QRH NNC.10
Note: Discuss why autopilot remained engaged.
Note: “Boeing 33, descend and maintain FL190.”
23. Cruise Descent
OM 4.10, 4.20, 11.42
Note: Approaching the Along-Track waypoint of
TWISP/-20, “Boeing 33, fly heading 070.
Intercept J52 to GEG. Maintain FL190.”
Note: Use accelerated speed as necessary to the top
of descent point.
DESCENT
Note: “Boeing 33, expect the EPAFY transition to the
VOR RWY 03 Approach at Spokane.
Information XX current.”
Note: “Boeing 33, cleared direct EPAFY. Descend
pilots discretion to 5,000. Cross EPAFY at or
above 5,000.”
24. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
Note: Activate an extinguishable cargo fire in the
forward compartment.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-5.30
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 5B
REFERENCE
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making and Workload Management
priorities, Communications inside and outside
the flight deck).
25. CARGO FIRE
• CARGO FIRE Checklist
• Deferred Items
QRH NNC.8
Note: After the checklist is complete, discuss the
number of fire bottles and, specifically, the
metered 3rd bottle, if installed.
26. Prepare for approach into KGEG
• VOR RWY 03 in use
• FMC Entries
OM 11.43
Note: Use accelerated speed, where appropriate.
27. DESCENT Checklist – Deferred Item from
CARGO FIRE Checklist
• APPROACH REF page
APPROACH and LANDING
Note: Approaching EPAFY, “Boeing 33, XX miles
west of EPAFY, cross EPAFY at or above
5,000. Cleared VOR RWY 03 Approach.”
28. APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from
CARGO FIRE Checklist
Note: Discuss RNP requirements for approach.
29. Non-ILS Approach – VOR RWY 03
• Approach to be flown in IAN, if installed, or
LNAV/VNAV
• Single-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD
30. LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from
CARGO FIRE Checklist
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-5.31
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5B
Flat Panel Trainer
REFERENCE
MISSED APPROACH
31. Missed Approach Procedure
• Single-channel, Autopilot with FD
QRH MAN.2, OM 4.20
Note: Observe correct performance of procedure and
crew coordination and communications. Give
guidance as needed.
CLIMB
32. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
Note: After the Missed Approach, provide
appropriate vectors to intercept the localizer for
the ILS RWY 03 Approach.
DESCENT
33. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
34. Prepare for approach into KGEG
• ILS RWY 03
• FMC Entries
OM 11.43
35. DESCENT Checklist – Deferred Item from
CARGO FIRE Checklist
APPROACH and LANDING
36. APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from
CARGO FIRE Checklist
• Update FMC entries, as needed (select
approach, Vref speed changes)
– INTC CRS TO (intercept the localizer
course)
Note: Have crew use HDG SEL and ALT HLD as the
roll and pitch modes.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-5.32
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 5B
37. ILS RWY 03 Approach
REFERENCE
QRH MAN.2;
OM 4.20
• Dual-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD
38. LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from
CARGO FIRE Checklist
• Autoland
OM 4.20
Note: Remind crew that they need to inform ground
personnel NOT to open any cargo door after
landing until all passengers and crew have
exited the aircraft and fire-fighting equipment is
nearby.
AFTER LANDING
39. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21.82
40. After Landing Procedure
SHUTDOWN
41. Shutdown Procedure and Checklist
OM NP.21
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-5.33
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5
Flat Panel Trainer
Debrief
DEBRIEF
Student Evaluation of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their
debriefing of session events:
• How did the session go?
• What are the crews’ general impressions?
• Was there anything the crew should or could have done
differently that would have resulted in a better outcome?
• Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the
crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed?
• What can the crew do next time to improve?
• What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and
continue in the future?
Instructor Debrief of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM
and task performance be conducted as much as possible during
the training session.
Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should
review.
Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of
responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support
and enhance CRM.
Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human
factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient
communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from
power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all
resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all
crew members.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-5.34
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 5
Summary of Next Lesson
• Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure,
Approach, System, etc.)
• Provide references for information that students should review
Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and
concerns to discuss during the next briefing session.
Questions
Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students:
• Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now?
• Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned
in previous lessons?
• Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused
about?
• Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is:
– In conflict with your understanding?
– In conflict with what you have read?
• At this point in your training – does everything seem clear
to you?
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-5.35
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5
Flat Panel Trainer
Intentionally
Blank
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-5.36
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 6
3-6 FPT Lesson 6
PREREQUISITE
• Complete the assigned e-Learning Lessons
DURATION:
• Total scheduled time = 3:30 hours
• Time for each profile = 1:40 hours
• Break = 0:10 hours
LESSON SUMMARY
This lesson has one, repeated flight profile, which begins at New York
JFK International (KJFK) in hot, humid weather with Chicago O’Hare
(KORD) as the intended destination. The crew performs Normal and
Non-Normal Procedures while continuing previous lesson requirements.
Emphases are on managing systems and information, and handling
non-normal events including engine fire and FMC failure.
Introductory Topics:
• Hot and humid weather considerations
• Non-Normal Checklist, including:
– START VALVE OPEN
– Engine Fire
– FMC FAIL
LESSON OBJECTIVES
• Perform Normal Procedures and Checklists using effective CRM
Attributes
• Integrate systems management and information
• Perform FMC operations and associated entries
• Perform Non-Normal and Supplementary Procedures and Checklists:
– Engine fire
– FMC failure
ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY
Proficiency with FMC programming and use, levels of automation
recognition and use, and accurate displays interpretation. Proficiency
attained with respect to using the autoflight system.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-6.1
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 6
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson Data
LESSON DATA
ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KJFK-KORD)
ORIGIN:
New York Kennedy International Airport (KJFK)
RUNWAY:
31L
ROUTE:
SAX J36 FNT
DEPARTURE:
SKORR.__.SKORR
CRZ ALT.:
FL260
ARRIVAL:
None
DESTINATION:
Chicago O’Hare International Airport (KORD)
FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33
PERFORMANCE
737-700
GW:
133,000 lbs
(60,455 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
30,000 lbs
(13,636 kgs) ISA DEV:
+25
ZFW:
103,000 lbs
(46,818 kgs) TEMP TOC: -11C
RESERVES:
8,000 lbs
(3,636 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO, CLB
CRZ ALT:
FL260
FLAPS:
5
CRZ WIND:
265/55
CG:
20.3%
COST INDEX: 35
737-800
GW:
148,500 lbs
(67,500 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
+25
FUEL:
30,000 lbs
(13,636 kgs) ISA DEV:
ZFW:
118,500 lbs
(53,864 kgs) TEMP TOC: -11C
RESERVES:
8,000 lbs
(3,636 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO, CLB
CRZ ALT:
FL260
FLAPS:
5
CRZ WIND:
265/55
CG:
20.3%
COST INDEX: 35
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-6.2
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 6
WEATHER (KJFK)
WIND:
320/10
TEMPERATURE: 40C
VISIBILITY:
10, haze
DEWPOINT:
32C
ALTIMETER:
29.84
SKY COND: BKN015, OVC060
RNAV and ILS RWY 31R in use
Landing and Departing RWY 31L and 31R
WEATHER (KORD)
WIND:
230/05
TEMPERATURE: 32C
VISIBILITY:
6
DEWPOINT:
29C
ALTIMETER:
29.72
SKY COND: OVC015
ILS RWY 27R in use
Landing and Departing RWY 27R and 28R
CLEARANCE
Boeing 33, cleared to O’Hare International Airport via the SKORR
THREE Departure, direct SPARTA (SAX) as filed. Climb and maintain
5,000. Expect FL260, one zero minutes after departure. Departure
frequency 135.9. Contact Kennedy Departure Control frequency ____,
squawk 4247.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-6.3
3-6.4
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
15
20
30
40
KJFK
0
10
NORMAL
T/O
20
START
VALVE
OPEN
30
SPEED
RESTRICTIONS
EXTERNAL
AIR CART
ENGINE
START
PREFLIGHT
DELETE
RESTRICTIONS
MAX
RATE CLIMB
40
FL240
HOLDING
1:00
8,000'
10
M/A
20
30
AUTOLAND
KORD
1:40
SHUT
DOWN
AFTER
LANDING
ILS RWY 04R
(DUAL CHANNEL)
RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 04R
(SINGLE CHANNEL)
FMC FAIL
RNAV Y RWY 04R
ENG OUT DRIFTDOWN
ENG FIRE
FL190
50
TIME
FL260
RTA
WAYPOINTS
Lesson 6
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile
Flat Panel Trainer
PROFILE
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 6
Track
J36
KORD
RW04R
ORD
HASTE
DEWIT
LAN
ATTIX
FNT
J 36
GOOSS
(JLGON)
J36
DKK
WAAKE
18 - 22
13 - 17
LHY
1 - 12
J3 COATE KJFK
6
RW31L
23
SAX
24
JFK
25
26 - 37
SKORR KJFK
RW04R
PLAN
ACTUAL
TRACK
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-6.5
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 6
Flat Panel Trainer
TRACK DATA
Preflight
1
Preliminary Preflight Procedure
2
CDU Preflight Procedure
3
Preflight Procedure – Captain and First Officer
4
Obtain ATC Clearance
Before Start
Before Start Procedure
5
Engine Start
6
Engine Start Procedure (with Ground Air Source)
• START VALVE OPEN
7
Before Taxi Procedure
8
Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi
Taxi
9
Before Takeoff Procedure
10
Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Takeoff
11
Takeoff Procedure
Climb
12
AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
Note: During departure, “Boeing 33, cleared direct COATE, then as filed.
Climb and maintain FL240, expect FL260 in 40 nm.”
Note: “Boeing 33, request your best rate of climb to FL240.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-6.6
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
13
Lesson 6
Max Rate Climb
Note: “Boeing 33, continue climb to FL260. MAX RATE of CLB no longer
required.”
Note: “Boeing 33, cleared to LHY. Hold SE of LHY on the 135 degree
radial, left turns, 2 minute legs. Maintain FL260. Expect further
clearance XXXX.”
14
Holding Pattern
Note: When hold has been entered into the CDU, discuss briefly then,
“Boeing 33, cancel hold, continue on course.”
15
Waypoint Construction
Cruise
Note: “Boeing 33, say earliest time to cross FNT.”
16
Determine RTA
17
ENGINE FIRE
18
Engine Out Driftdown
19
FMC Operations
Note: “Boeing 33, cleared direct LHY J36 SAX. Maintain FL190.”
Descent
Note: “Boeing 33, Expect the RNAV Yankee RWY 4 Right Approach to
JFK.”
Note: When crew is established on J36, “Boeing 33, descend at pilot’s
discretion to cross SAX at 8,000.”
20
Descent Clearance provided by ATC
21
Prepare for approach into KJFK
22
Descent Procedure
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-6.7
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 6
Flat Panel Trainer
FMC FAIL
23
Approach and Landing
24
Approach Procedure
25
Non-ILS Approach - RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 04R Approach
26
Landing Procedure
Missed Approach
27
Missed Approach Procedure
• Single-channel, Autopilot with FD
Note: “Boeing 33, ILS RWY 04 now in use.”
Climb
28
AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
Descent
29
Descent Clearance provided by ATC
30
Prepare for approach into KJFK
31
Descent Procedure
Approach and Landing
32
Approach Procedure
33
ILS RWY 04R
34
Landing Procedure
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-6.8
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 6
After Landing
35
Landing Roll Procedure
36
After Landing Procedure
Shutdown
37
Shutdown Procedure and Checklist
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-6.9
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 6
Flat Panel Trainer
REFERENCE
Lesson Plan
LESSON PLAN
PREFLIGHT
Note: External air cart required for engine start.
1. Preliminary Preflight Procedure
• Ground Power
• APU not available for starting engines
OM 11.40, NP.21
OM SP.6
2. CDU Preflight Procedure
Note: Discuss hot and humid weather performance
considerations and applicable Supplementary
Procedures
3. Preflight Procedure –Captain and First Officer
• PREFLIGHT Checklist
OM NP.21
4. Obtain ATC Clearance
BEFORE START
5. Before Start Procedure
• TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefings
• BEFORE START Checklist
OM NP.21
ENGINE START
Note: Activate a START switch fail in the GRD
position on engine number 2.
Note: Encourage effective crew communications
inside and outside the flight deck.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-6.10
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 6
6. Engine Start Procedure
• Use External Air Cart
• Starting with Ground Air Source
Supplementary Procedure
• Engine Cross-bleed Start Supplementary
Procedure
• START VALVE OPEN
– START VALVE OPEN Checklist
7. Before Taxi Procedure
• BEFORE TAXI Checklist
REFERENCE
OM NP.21, SP.2
QRH NNC.7
OM NP.21
8. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi
TAXI
Note: Reposition to runway before starting Before
Takeoff Procedure.
Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff.
9. Before Takeoff Procedure
• Set WXR and TERR as briefed
• Displays Management
– Set ND range so that first waypoint is
visible
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
10. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Note: Reiterate hot weather performance
considerations and applicable Supplementary
Procedures.
TAKEOFF
11. Takeoff Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.41, NP.21
• Use LNAV/VNAV as the chosen roll and
pitch modes
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-6.11
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 6
Flat Panel Trainer
REFERENCE
CLIMB
12. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
Note: During departure, “Boeing 33, cleared direct
COATE, then as filed. Climb and maintain
FL240, expect FL260 in 40 nm.”
Note: Review DIRECT TO, INTERCEPT, etc., during
climb.
Note: “Boeing 33, request your best rate of climb to
FL240.”
Note: Discuss MAX RATE on the CLB page and
reference Thrust Mode Display.
13. Max Rate Climb
• Return to original rate of climb
Note: “Boeing 33, continue climb to FL260. MAX
RATE of CLB no longer required.”
Note: Use the accelerated climb feature on the IOS to
climb to FL260. Advise crew that you will
accelerate their climb.
Note: “Boeing 33, cleared to LHY. Hold SE of LHY on
the 135 degree radial, left turns, 2 minute legs.
Maintain FL260. Expect further clearance
XXXX.”
14. Holding Pattern
• Build a holding pattern
Note: When hold has been entered into the CDU,
discuss briefly then, “Boeing 33, cancel hold,
continue on course.”
• Delete constructed holding pattern
Note: Review waypoint construction and ETA
determination, as needed.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-6.12
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 6
REFERENCE
15. Waypoint Construction
CRUISE
Note: “Boeing 33, say earliest time to cross FNT.”
16. Determine RTA
Note: From CRZ page, have crew select RTA, or go
to PROGRESS page 3 of 4. Discuss the RTA
page.
17. ENGINE FIRE
• Memory Items
• ENGINE FIRE, SEVERE DAMAGE OR
SEPARATION CHECKLIST
QRH NNC.7
QRH NNC.8
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making and Workload Management
priorities, Communications inside and outside
the flight deck).
18. Engine Out Driftdown
OM 11.31, 11.42,
FCTM Ch 4
Note: Have crew descend and maintain FL190 when
crew requests a lower altitude.
Note: Following driftdown set-up procedure, reset
ENG FIRE malfunction from IOS. Advise crew
when all systems are normal.
19. FMC Operations
• NEAREST AIRPORTS Page
OM 11.42
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making and Workload Management
priorities, Communications inside and outside
the flight deck).
Note: Select ALTN DEST on RTE page or on the
INDEX page or on the APPROACH REF page.
Select NEAREST AIRPORTS.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-6.13
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 6
Flat Panel Trainer
REFERENCE
Note: For training purposes, have crew choose to
return to KJFK.
• Change destination to KJFK
Note: “Boeing 33, cleared direct LHY J36 SAX.
Maintain FL190.”
Note: Select RTE page 1 and change destination to
KJFK.
Note: Provide heading and altitude vectors as
necessary for the return to KJFK.
DESCENT
Note: “Boeing 33, Expect the RNAV Yankee RWY 04
Right Approach to KJFK.”
Note: When crew is established on J36, “Boeing 33,
descend at pilot’s discretion to cross SAX at
8,000.”
20. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
21. Prepare for approach into KJFK
• Non-ILS Approaches RWY 04R in use
• FMC entries
22. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 30 landing
• Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing
• DESCENT Checklist
OM 11.43
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 5
Note: Fail the FMC on the Captain’s side.
Note: If customer has only one FMC, fail that FMC.
Reset FMC failure once checklist is complete
for those customers with only one FMC. If
customer has two FMCs, leave FMC failed on
the Captain’s side.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-6.14
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 6
REFERENCE
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making, Workload Management and
Communications).
23. FMC FAIL
• FMC FAIL Checklist
QRH NNC.11
APPROACH and LANDING
24. Approach Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• APPROACH Checklist
Note: Provide vectors to the west for the RNAV
(GPS) Y RWY 04R Approach, as required.
25. Non- ILS Approach - RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 04R
Approach
• Approach to be flown in LNAV/VNAV or IAN,
if installed
• Single-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD
26. Landing Procedure
• LANDING Checklist
FCTM Ch 5
QRH MAN.2
OM NP.21
MISSED APPROACH
27. Missed Approach Procedure
• Single-channel, Autopilot with FD
Note: After the Missed Approach, provide
appropriate vectors to intercept the localizer for
the ILS 04R Approach.
Note: “Boeing 33, ILS runway 04 Right now in use.”
CLIMB
28. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-6.15
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 6
Flat Panel Trainer
REFERENCE
DESCENT
29. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
30. Prepare for approach into KJFK
• ILS RWY 04R
• FMC Entries
31. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 30 landing
• Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing
• DESCENT Checklist
OM 11.43
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 5
APPROACH and LANDING
32. Approach Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• APPROACH Checklist
33. ILS RWY 04R
• Dual-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD
OM 4.20
34. Landing Procedure
• LANDING Checklist
• Autoland
OM NP.21
OM 4.20
AFTER LANDING
35. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
36. After Landing Procedure
SHUTDOWN
37. Shutdown Procedure and Checklist
OM NP.21
BREAK: 10 minutes
Switch flying pilot and repeat profile.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-6.16
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Flat Panel Trainer
Lesson 6
Debrief
DEBRIEF
Student Evaluation of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their
debriefing of session events:
• How did the session go?
• What are the crews’ general impressions?
• Was there anything the crew should or could have done
differently that would have resulted in a better outcome?
• Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the
crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed?
• What can the crew do next time to improve?
• What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and
continue in the future?
Instructor Debrief of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM
and task performance be conducted as much as possible during
the training session.
Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should
review.
Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of
responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support
and enhance CRM.
Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human
factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient
communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from
power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all
resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all
crew members.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-6.17
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 6
Flat Panel Trainer
Summary of Next Lesson
• Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure,
Approach, System, etc.)
• Provide references for information that students should review
Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and
concerns to discuss during the next briefing session.
Questions
Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students:
• Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now?
• Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned
in previous lessons?
• Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused
about?
• Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is:
– In conflict with your understanding?
– In conflict with what you have read?
• At this point in your training – does everything seem clear
to you?
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-6.18
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7
3-7 FFS Lesson 7
PREREQUISITE
• Complete the assigned e-Learning Lessons
DURATION
• Total scheduled time = 4:00 hours
• Time for each profile = 1:55 hours
• Break = 0:10 hours
LESSON SUMMARY
This lesson is completed in the Full-Flight Simulator with motion off. This
lesson provides flight profiles from Seattle-Tacoma International Airport
(KSEA) to San Francisco International Airport (KSFO). The crew
performs selected Non-Normal Procedures. Emphases are on engine
start malfunctions, cabin depressurization, loss of hydraulic systems,
landing gear malfunction, APU fire, and Evacuation.
Introductory Topics:
• Depressurization
• Loss of hydraulic systems
• Landing gear malfunction
• Evacuation
Note: Determinate if the crew is prepared to begin the FFS phase of
training, or if additional training is required. Provide specific
recommendations for additional training, if needed.
LESSON OBJECTIVES
• Perform EFB operations (if customer option) to the required level of
proficiency
• Integrate information and systems management tasks during Normal
and Non-Normal Procedures to the required level of proficiency
• Maintain continuous airplane control and navigation using the FMC
and autoflight system during complex situations under adverse
conditions to the required level of proficiency
• Perform takeoff, landing, and go-around procedures to the required
level of proficiency
• Perform Normal and Non-Normal Procedures and Checklists while
using effective CRM Attributes to the required level of proficiency
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-7.1
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7
Full Flight Simulator
ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY
• Elapsed time from entering the FFS to completion of the BEFORE
TAXI Checklist must be less than 35 min.
• Perform the following FMC programming tasks without assistance:
– Enter a Departure Procedure
– Proceed Direct To a Waypoint
– Close a Route Discontinuity
– Perform an Intercept Course To function
– Build an Along Track Waypoint
– Determine the ETA of a Waypoint
– Determine the Abeam Position of a Waypoint (Fix Page)
– Perform an Offset function (As Installed)
– Enter an Arrival Procedure
– Construct a Holding Pattern
– Exit a Holding Pattern
– Select a Procedure Turn (As Installed)
– Delete a Procedure Turn (As Installed)
– Divert to an Alternate Airport
• Perform Normal Checklists during all phases of flight without
assistance.
• Demonstrate ability to recognize non-normal situations and execute
Non-Normal Checklists.
• Maintain the proper Map Range display during all phases of flight.
• Be able to tune communication and navigation radios.
• Recognize and understand the levels of automation and proper use
of the Mode Control Panel switches (LNAV, VNAV, LVL CHG, A/T,
V/S, LOC, APP, etc.)
• Recognize and interpret the Flight Mode Annunciations (FMA).
• Be able to program FMC for three possible approach clearances:
– Radar vectors to final approach course (Intercept Course To)
– Cleared to IAF (Transition from arc/procedure turn)
– Cleared to IAF to hold (Hold in lieu of procedure turn)
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-7.2
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7A
Lesson Data (A)
LESSON DATA (PROFILE A)
ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KSEA-KSFO)
ORIGIN:
Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA)
RUNWAY:
16L
ROUTE:
HAROB __.ERAVE_Q1_PYE
DEPARTURE:
HAROB____.ERAVE Transition
CRZ ALT.:
FL370
ARRIVAL:
None
DESTINATION:
San Francisco International Airport (KSFO)
FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33
PERFORMANCE
737-700
GW:
130,000 lbs
(59,091 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
25,000 lbs
(11,364 kgs) ISA DEV:
-6C
ZFW:
105,000 lbs
(47,727 kgs) TEMP TOC:
-63C
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO-1, CLB-1
RESERVES:
CRZ ALT:
FL370
ASSUMED TEMP:
67C
CRZ WIND:
250/55
FLAPS:
5
COST INDEX:
50
CG:
20.5%
737-800
GW:
153,000 lbs
(69,545 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
25,000 lbs
(11,364 kgs) ISA DEV:
-6C
ZFW:
128,000 lbs
(58,182 kgs) TEMP TOC:
-63C
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO-1, CLB-1
RESERVES:
CRZ ALT:
FL370
ASSUMED TEMP:
55C
CRZ WIND:
250/55
FLAPS:
5
COST INDEX:
50
CG:
20.5%
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-7.3
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7A
Full Flight Simulator
WEATHER (KSEA)
WIND:
190/05
TEMPERATURE: 7C
VISIBILITY:
10
DEWPOINT:
5C
ALTIMETER:
29.85
SKY COND: BKN 012 OVC050
(break out at 8500 ft)
ILS RWY 16L in use
Landing and Departing RWY 16L and 16C
WEATHER (KSFO)
WIND:
280/15
TEMPERATURE: 12C
VISIBILITY:
10
DEWPOINT:
4C
SKY COND: SCT041 OVC080
ALTIMETER:
29.85
ILS RWY 28L and 28R in use
Landing and Departing RWY 28L and 28R
CLEARANCE
Boeing 33, is cleared to San Francisco International Airport, HAROB ___
Departure, ERAVE Transition, as filed. Maintain 9,000. Contact Seattle
Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1146.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-7.4
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
15
20
30
40
KSEA
0
10
DISPLAY
SOURCE
20
30
ABORTED
ENG START
40
50
8,000'
FL230
CWS DEMO
LANDING
GEAR LVR
HOT
WILL NOT
START
MOVE UP
OR
NO OIL
PRESSURE
ENGINE
START
PREFLIGHT
AUTO FAIL
TIME
1:00
10
10,000'
20
6,000'
4,000'
30
M/A
40
KSFO
AUTOLAND
1:55
SHUT
DOWN
AFTER
LANDING
ILS RWY 28R
RNAV (GPS) Z RWY 28R
LOSS OF SYS A
ROUTING CHANGES
CABIN ALTITUDE WARN OR RAPID DEPRESS
AND LNAV
EMERG DESCENT
FL370
Full Flight Simulator
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile (A)
Lesson 7A
PROFILE A
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-7.5
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7A
Full Flight Simulator
Track (A)
TRACK (Profile A)
PLAN
SEA
HAROB
1 - 13
KSEA
RW16L
14
ERAVE
15
BTG
16
PDX
17
18
EASON
EUG
19 - 22
RBG
EBINY
23 - 26
ENVIE
FOWND
ENI
27 - 33
PYE
SFO
OAK
KSFO 40 - 43
RW28R
AXMUL
34 - 39
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-7.6
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7A
TRACK DATA (Profile A)
Preflight
1
Preliminary Preflight Procedure
• Ground Power / Start APU
2
CDU Preflight Procedure
3
Preflight Procedure –Captain and First Officer
4
Obtain ATC Clearance
Before Start
Before Start Procedure
5
Engine Start
6
Engine Start Procedure
• Hot Start — OR —No Oil Pressure
7
Before Taxi Procedure
8
Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi
Taxi
9
Before Takeoff Procedure
10
Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Note: “Boeing 33, Runway 16 Left, Line Up and Wait.”
Note: “Boeing 33, wind calm, Runway 16 Left, cleared for takeoff.”
Takeoff
11
Takeoff Procedure
12
Landing Gear Lever Will Not Move Up After Takeoff (landing gear
lever lock solenoid failure)
Note: “Boeing 33, contact Departure.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-7.7
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7A
Full Flight Simulator
Climb
AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
13
Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain 15,000.”
14
DISPLAY SOURCE
• EEC ALTERNATE MODE Checklist
Note: “Boeing 33, contact Seattle Center, 1XX.XX.”
15
Intermediate Level-off
Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL230.”
16
Climb to FL230
17
CWS OPS Demonstration
Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL370.”
Reposition to FL370.
18
Cruise
19
Amended Clearance / Re-Route
Note: “Boeing 33, amended clearance. Advise ready to copy.”
Note: “Boeing 33, proceed present position direct Roseburg VOR (RBG),
J143 Point Reyes (PYE), Point Reyes 1 arrival (PYE.PYE1).
Maintain FL370.”
20
Enter Arrival Procedure
21
Determine ETA at KSFO
22
Route Offset
23
AUTO FAIL
Note: Verify MSA before providing the following clearance. “Boeing 33,
descend ___. Altimeter 29.85.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-7.8
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
24
Lesson 7A
CABIN ALTITUDE WARNING — OR — Rapid Depressurization
Descent
25
Emergency Descent
Note: Verify MSA before providing the following clearance. “Boeing 33,
descend and maintain 10,000.”
Note: “Boeing 33, contact NORCAL Approach, 134.5.”
26
Descent Clearance provided by ATC
27
Prepare for approach into KSFO
28
Descent Procedure
Note: “Descend and maintain 4,000. Turn XXXX heading ___, vector for
RNAV Zulu 28 Right Approach.” (vector as necessary to set up for
the approach).
29
LOSS OF SYSTEM A
Approach and Landing
30
APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from the LOSS OF SYSTEM
A Checklist
31
Non-ILS Approach - RNAV (GPS) Z RWY 28R Approach
32
LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from the LOSS OF SYSTEM A
Checklist
Note: “Boeing 33, _____ miles from AXMUL. Turn right heading _____,
intercept the final approach course. Maintain 4,000 until
established, cleared for the RNAV Zulu Runway 28 Right Approach.
Contact Tower 120.5 at AXMUL.”
Missed Approach
33
Missed Approach Procedure
Note: “Boeing 33, fly runway heading, vectors for the ILS RWY 28 Right
Approach. Climb and maintain 4,000.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-7.9
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7A
Full Flight Simulator
Climb
34
AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
Descent
35
Descent Clearance provided by ATC
36
Prepare for approach into KSFO
37
Descent Procedure
Approach and Landing
38
Approach Procedure
Note: “Turn right heading ___, intercept the LOC, cleared ILS Runway
28R Approach. Maintain 4,000 until established. Contact Tower
120.5 at AXMUL.”
39
ILS RWY 28R Approach
40
Landing Procedure
After Landing
41
Landing Roll Procedure
42
After Landing Procedure
Shutdown
43
Shutdown Procedure and Checklist
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-7.10
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7A
DEVICE FAMILIARIZATION (as necessary)
Full Flight Simulator (FFS)
• FFS emergency egress briefing
• Circuit breaker panels
• Seat controls
• Seat position
• Tiller
• Flight deck lighting
• Toe brakes / parking brake
• Headsets
• Differences in CDU from FPT
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-7.11
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7A
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
Lesson Plan (A)
LESSON PLAN (PROFILE A)
PREFLIGHT
1. Preliminary Preflight Procedure
• Ground Power / Start APU
OM 11.40, NP.21
2. CDU Preflight Procedure
• Assumed Temperature — OR —
Reduced Thrust Takeoff
3. Preflight Procedure –Captain and First Officer
• PREFLIGHT Checklist
OM NP.21
4. Obtain ATC Clearance
BEFORE START
5. Before Start Procedure
• TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefings
• BEFORE START Checklist
OM NP.21
ENGINE START
Note: Activate a Hot Start malfunction on engine
number 2 or a NO OIL PRESSURE
Non-Normal on engine number 1.
6. Engine Start Procedure
• Hot Start — OR —No Oil Pressure
– ABORTED ENGINE START Checklist
- Malfunction will be cleared upon
checklist completion
• Normal Procedure
OM NP.21
QRH NNC.7
Note: Stress Situational Awareness and Decision
Making CRM Attributes.
7. Before Taxi Procedure
• BEFORE TAXI Checklist
OM NP.21
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-7.12
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7A
REFERENCE
8. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi
TAXI
Note: Reposition to hold short position, runway 16
Left.
Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff.
9. Before Takeoff Procedure
• Set WXR and TERR as briefed
• Displays Management
– Set ND range selection so first waypoint
is visible
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
10. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Note: Reposition to runway before starting Before
Takeoff Procedure.
Note: “Boeing 33, Runway 16 Left, Line Up and
Wait.”
Note: “Boeing 33, wind calm, Runway 16 Left,
cleared for takeoff.”
TAKEOFF
11. Takeoff Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.41, NP.21
• Use LNAV/VNAV as the chosen roll and
pitch modes
12. Landing Gear Lever Will Not Move Up After
Takeoff (landing gear lever lock solenoid
failure)
• LANDING GEAR LEVER WILL NOT MOVE
UP AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NNC.14
Note: Stress Situational Awareness and Decision
Making CRM Attributes.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-7.13
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7A
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
Note: “Boeing 33, contact Departure.”
CLIMB
13. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain 15,000.”
Note: Climbing through 8,000 ft., activate DISPLAY
SOURCE (fail DEU on pilot-flying side)
Non-Normal.
14. DISPLAY SOURCE
• DISPLAY SOURCE Checklist
QRH NNC.10
Note: Review and demonstrate resulting display
indications.
Note: Discuss DISPLAY SOURCE indications above
and below FL220 and in climbs and descents
vs. level flight.
• EEC ALTERNATE MODE Checklist
QRH NNC.7
Note: Encourage effective crew communications.
Note: “Boeing 33, contact Seattle Center, 1XX.XX.”
15. Intermediate Level-off
OM 4.10, 4.20
Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL230.”
16. Climb to FL230
Note: Discuss the importance of not exceeding
engine limits, as engine limit protection in
Alternate mode is not the same as in Normal
mode.
Note: After leveling at FL230, clear DISPLAY
SOURCE malfunction and commence with
CWS demonstration.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-7.14
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7A
REFERENCE
Note: Have crew use CWS to initiate and level from
climbs.
17. CWS OPS Demonstration
• Autopilot CWS vs. Flight Director CWS
• Climb and descend using CWS while
overriding pitch and roll and when selecting
CWS A or CWS B.
Note: When CWS OPS exercise is complete, clear
crew to level-off. Level-off is to facilitate a slew
to FL370, only. Use any convenient altitude for
level-off. Make sure to set a speed of 260 kts.
with the FL370 altitude on the IOS panel.
Note: Explain to the crew that the reposition will take
place, and have them set the MCP altitude
prior to reposition.
Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL370.”
18. Reposition to FL370.
CRUISE
19. Amended Clearance / Re-Route
Note: “Boeing 33, amended clearance. Advise ready
to copy.”
Note: “Boeing 33, proceed present position direct
Roseburg VOR (RBG), J143 Point Reyes
(PYE), Point Reyes 1 arrival (PYE.PYE1).
Maintain FL370.”
Note: Provide SFO ATIS information to crew.
20. Enter Arrival Procedure
OM 11.43
21. Determine ETA at KSFO
• Progress Page
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-7.15
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7A
Full Flight Simulator
22. Route Offset
• Offset route 5 nm west of course with end
point ROSEBURG (RBG).
• Delete OFFSET and proceed on course.
REFERENCE
OM 11.42
Note: As soon as is airplane is wings-level on the
offset, clear crew to resume course (remove
offset and re-intercept course).
Note: Inform crew that the aircraft will be repositioned
to approximately ENI, then execute the
reposition.
23. AUTO FAIL
• AUTO FAIL Checklist
QRH NNC.2
Note: Fail each controller, one at a time.
Note: Verify MSA before providing the following
clearance. “Boeing 33, descend ___. Altimeter
29.85.”
Note: Allow crew to complete checklist prior to
introducing the next Non-Normal.
24. CABIN ALTITUDE WARNING — OR — Rapid
Depressurization
QRH NNC.2
FCTM Ch8
• Memory Items
• CABIN ALTITUDE WARNING or Rapid
Depressurization Checklist
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making and Workload Management
priorities, Communications inside and outside
the flight deck).
Note: Monitor crew radio/interphone
communications.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-7.16
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7A
REFERENCE
DESCENT
25. Emergency Descent
• Memory Items
• Emergency Descent Checklist
QRH NNC.0
Note: Emergency Descent Checklist states to
descend to “the lowest safe altitude or 10,000
feet, whichever is higher.” Crew should ask
ATC what the MSA is in the sector.
Note: Verify MSA before providing the following
clearance. “Boeing 33, descend and maintain
10,000.”
Note: “Boeing 33, contact NORCAL Approach,
134.5.”
26. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
27. Prepare for approach into KSFO
• Runways 28L and 28R in use
• FMC Entries
OM 11.43
Note: After Point Reyes (PYE), have crew descend
and maintain 6,000.
Note: Before PYE, clear crew direct to KOAK, then
provide radar vectors for the RNAV (GPS) Z
RWY 28R Approach.
28. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 30 landing
• Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing
• DESCENT Checklist
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 5
Note: “Descend and maintain 4,000. Turn XXXX
heading ___, vector for RNAV Zulu 28 Right
Approach.” (vector as necessary to set up for
the approach).
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-7.17
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7A
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
Note: Prior to KOAK, activate the LOSS OF SYSTEM
A Non-Normal.
29. LOSS OF SYSTEM A
• LOSS OF SYSTEM A Checklist
• Deferred Items
QRH NNC.13
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making, Workload Management and
Communications).
APPROACH and LANDING
30. APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from the
LOSS OF SYSTEM A Checklist
31. Non-ILS Approach - RNAV (GPS) Z RWY 28R
Approach
• Approach to be flown in LNAV/VNAV or IAN,
if installed
FCTM Ch 5
QRH MAN.2
32. LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from the
LOSS OF SYSTEM A Checklist
Note: “Boeing 33, _____ miles from AXMUL. Turn
right heading _____, intercept the final
approach course. Maintain 4,000 until
established, cleared for the RNAV Zulu
Runway 28 Right Approach. Contact Tower
120.5 at AXMUL.”
MISSED APPROACH
33. Missed Approach Procedure
• Single-channel, Autopilot with FD
QRH MAN.2, OM 4.20
Note: “Boeing 33, fly runway heading, vectors for the
ILS RWY 28 Right Approach. Climb and
maintain 3,000.”
Note: Clear all malfunctions to enable Autoland.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-7.18
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7A
REFERENCE
CLIMB
34. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
Note: After the Missed Approach, provide
appropriate vectors to intercept the localizer for
the ILS 28R Approach.
DESCENT
35. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
36. Prepare for approach into KSFO
• ILS RWY 28R
• FMC Entries
OM 11.43
37. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 15 landing
• Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing.
• DESCENT Checklist
APPROACH and LANDING
38. Approach Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• Update FMC entries, as needed (select
approach, Vref speed changes)
• APPROACH Checklist
Note: “Turn right heading ___, intercept the LOC,
cleared ILS Runway 28R Approach. Maintain
4,000 until established. Contact Tower 120.5 at
AXMUL.”
39. ILS RWY 28R Approach
QRH MAN.2;
OM 4.20
• Dual-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-7.19
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7A
Full Flight Simulator
40. Landing Procedure
• LANDING Checklist
• Autoland
REFERENCE
OM NP.21
OM 4.20
AFTER LANDING
41. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
42. After Landing Procedure
Note: Have crew exit runway. After cleaning up the
airplane, reposition to the simulator’s default
gate for Shutdown and Secure.
SHUTDOWN
43. Shutdown Procedure and Checklist
OM NP.21
BREAK: 10 minutes
Switch flying pilot and continue to Profile B.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-7.20
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7B
Lesson Data (B)
LESSON DATA (PROFILE B)
ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KSEA-KSFO)
ORIGIN:
Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA)
RUNWAY:
16L
ROUTE:
HAROB __.ERAVE_Q1_PYE
DEPARTURE:
HAROB____.ERAVE Transition
CRZ ALT.:
FL370
ARRIVAL:
None
DESTINATION:
San Francisco International Airport (KSFO)
FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33
PERFORMANCE
737-700
GW:
130,000 lbs
(59,091 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
25,000 lbs
(11,364 kgs) ISA DEV:
-6C
ZFW:
105,000 lbs
(47,727 kgs) TEMP TOC:
-63C
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO-1, CLB-1
RESERVES:
CRZ ALT:
FL370
ASSUMED TEMP:
67C
CRZ WIND:
250/55
FLAPS:
5
COST INDEX:
50
CG:
20.5%
737-800
GW:
153,000 lbs
(69,545 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
25,000 lbs
(11,364 kgs) ISA DEV:
-6C
ZFW:
128,000 lbs
(58,182 kgs) TEMP TOC:
-63C
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO-1, CLB-1
RESERVES:
CRZ ALT:
FL370
ASSUMED TEMP:
55C
CRZ WIND:
250/55
FLAPS:
5
COST INDEX:
50
CG:
20.5%
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-7.21
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7B
Full Flight Simulator
WEATHER (KSEA)
WIND:
190/05
TEMPERATURE: 7C
VISIBILITY:
10
DEWPOINT:
5C
ALTIMETER:
29.85
SKY COND: BKN 012, OVC050
(break out at 8500 ft)
ILS RWY 16L in use
Landing and Departing RWY 16L and 16C
WEATHER (KSFO)
WIND:
280/15
TEMPERATURE: 12C
VISIBILITY:
10
DEWPOINT:
4C
SKY COND: SCT041, OVC080
ALTIMETER:
29.85
ILS RWY 28L and 28R in use
Landing and Departing RWY 28L and 28R
CLEARANCE
Boeing 33 is cleared to San Francisco International Airport, HAROB ___
Departure, ERAVE Transition, as filed. Climb and maintain 9,000.
Contact Seattle Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1146.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-7.22
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
15
20
30
40
KSEA
0
10
20
30
40
ENGINE
FIRE
ABORTED
ENG START
WET
START
OR
NO OIL
PRESSURE
ENGINE
START
PREFLIGHT
INTERMEDIATE
LEVEL OFF
FL370
RTA
50
10,000'
1:00
10
20
6,000'
4,000'
10,000'
30
M/A
40
1:55
KSFO
AUTOLAND
EVAC
APU FIRE
ILS RWY 28R
SOURCE OFF
RNAV (GPS) Z RWY 28R
LOSS OF SYS B
EMERG DESCENT
CABIN ALTITUDE WARN OR RAPID DEPRESS
TIME
15,000’
ROUTING CHANGES
AND LNAV
Full Flight Simulator
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile (B)
Lesson 7B
PROFILE B
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-7.23
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7B
Full Flight Simulator
Track (B)
TRACK (Profile B)
PLAN
SEA
HAROB
1 - 12
KSEA
RW16L
13
ERAVE
14
15
BTG
PDX
EASON
EUG
RBG
EBINY
ENVIE
16
FOWND
ENI
17 - 20
21 - 22
PYE
OAK
23 - 26
SFO
KSFO 33 - 36
RW28R
27 - 32
AXMUL
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-7.24
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7B
TRACK DATA (Profile B)
Preflight
1
Preliminary Preflight Procedure
• Ground Power / Start APU
2
CDU Preflight Procedure
3
Preflight Procedure –Captain and First Officer
4
Obtain ATC Clearance
Before Start
Before Start Procedure
5
Engine Start
6
Engine Start Procedure
• Wet Start (no EGT rise) — OR — No Oil Pressure
7
Before Taxi Procedure
8
Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi
Taxi
9
Before Takeoff Procedure
10
Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Note: “Boeing 33, Runway 16 Left, Line Up and Wait.”
Note: “Boeing 33, wind calm, Runway 16 Left, cleared for takeoff.”
Takeoff
11
Takeoff Procedure
Note: “Boeing 33, contact Departure.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-7.25
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7B
Full Flight Simulator
Climb
AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
12
Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain 15,000.”
Note: “Boeing 33, contact Seattle Center xxx.x.”
ENGINE FIRE
13
Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL370.”
14
Reposition to FL370.
15
Amended Clearance / Re-Route
Note: “Boeing 33, amended clearance. Advise ready to copy.”
Note: “Boeing 33, proceed present position direct Roseburg VOR (RBG),
J143 Point Reyes (PYE), Point Reyes 1 arrival (PYE.PYE1).
Maintain FL370.”
Cruise
16
Enter Arrival Procedure
17
RTA at PYE
18
RAPID DEPRESSURIZATION
• CABIN ALTITUDE WARNING — OR — RAPID
DEPRESSURIZATION Checklist
Note: Choose an appropriate altitude, based on terrain clearance. “Boeing
33, descend ___. Altimeter 29.85.”
Descent
19
Emergency Descent
Note: Verify MSA before providing the following clearance. “Boeing 33,
descend and maintain 10,000.”
20
Prepare for approach into KSFO
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-7.26
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7B
Note: “Boeing 33, contact NORCAL Approach, 134.5.”
21
Descent Procedure
Note: “Descend and maintain 4,000. Turn XXXX heading ___, vector for
RNAV Zulu 28 Right Approach.” (vector as necessary to set up for
the approach).
22
LOSS OF SYSTEM B
Approach and Landing
23
APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from the LOSS OF
SYSTEM B Checklist
24
Non-ILS Approach - RNAV (GPS) Z RWY 28R Approach
25
LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from the LOSS OF SYSTEM B
Checklist
Note: “Boeing 33, _____ miles from AXMUL. Turn right heading _____,
intercept the final approach course. Maintain 4,000 until
established. Cleared RNAV Zulu Runway 28 Right Approach.
Contact Tower 120.5 at AXMUL.”
Missed Approach
26
Missed Approach Procedure
Note: “Boeing 33, fly runway heading, vectors for the ILS RWY 28 Right
Approach. Climb and maintain 4,000.”
Climb
27
AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
Descent
28
Descent Clearance provided by ATC
29
Prepare for approach into KSFO
30
Descent Procedure
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-7.27
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7B
Full Flight Simulator
Approach and Landing
31
SOURCE OFF
32
Approach Procedure
Note: “Turn right heading ___, intercept the LOC, cleared ILS Runway
28R Approach. Maintain 4,000 until established. Contact Tower
120.5 at AXMUL.”
33
ILS RWY 28R Approach
34
Landing Procedure
Note: “Boeing 33, smoke and flames are coming from your tail!”
35
APU FIRE
36
EVACUATION
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-7.28
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7B
DEVICE FAMILIARIZATION
FFS Familiarization Review, as necessary
• FFS emergency egress briefing
• Seat controls
• Seat position
• Tiller
• Flight deck lighting
• Toe brakes/ parking brake
• Headsets
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-7.29
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7B
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
Lesson Plan (B)
LESSON PLAN (PROFILE B)
PREFLIGHT
1. Preliminary Preflight Procedure
• Ground Power / Start APU
OM 11.40, NP.21
2. CDU Preflight Procedure
• Assumed Temperature — OR —
Reduced Thrust Takeoff
3. Preflight Procedure –Captain and First Officer
• PREFLIGHT Checklist
OM NP.21
4. Obtain ATC Clearance
BEFORE START
5. Before Start Procedure
• TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefings
• BEFORE START Checklist
OM NP.21
Note: Activate either a wet start (no EGT rise)
malfunction or no oil pressure during start
malfunction for engine number 2. Clear
malfunction after checklist is complete.
Note: Stress Situational Awareness and Decision
Making CRM Attributes.
ENGINE START
6. Engine Start Procedure
• Wet Start (no EGT rise) — OR — No Oil
Pressure
– ABORTED ENGINE START Checklist
- Clear malfunction after checklist is
complete
• Normal Procedure
OM NP.21
QRH NNC.7
OM NP.21
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-7.30
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7B
REFERENCE
7. Before Taxi Procedure
• BEFORE TAXI Checklist
8. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi
TAXI
Note: Reposition to hold short position, runway 16
Left.
Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff.
9. Before Takeoff Procedure
• Set WXR and TERR as briefed
• Displays Management
– Set ND range selection so first waypoint
is visible
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
10. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Note: Reposition to runway before starting Before
Takeoff Procedure.
Note: “Boeing 33, Runway 16 Left, Line Up and
Wait.”
Note: “Boeing 33, wind calm, Runway 16 Left,
cleared for takeoff.”
TAKEOFF
11. Takeoff Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.41, NP.21
• Use LNAV/VNAV as the chosen roll and
pitch modes
Note: “Boeing 33, contact Departure.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-7.31
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7B
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
CLIMB
12. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain 15,000.”
Note: “Boeing 33, contact Seattle Center xxx.x.”
Note: Activate the ENGINE FIRE (2 bottles) to occur
during the climb, above 10,000 ft. Clear
Non-Normal after checklist is complete.
13. ENGINE FIRE
• Memory Items
• ENGINE FIRE Checklist
– Malfunction will be cleared after checklist
is complete
QRH NNC.8
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making and Workload Management
priorities, Communications inside and outside
the flight deck).
Note: Level-off at 15,000 ft. is to facilitate slew to
FL370, only. Use any convenient altitude for
level-off. Make sure to set a speed of 260 kts.
with the FL370 altitude on the IOS panel.
Note: Explain to the crew that the reposition will take
place, and have them set the MCP altitude
prior to reposition.
Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL370.”
14. Reposition to FL370.
15. Amended Clearance / Re-Route
Note: “Boeing 33, amended clearance. Advise ready
to copy.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-7.32
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7B
REFERENCE
Note: “Boeing 33, proceed present position direct
Roseburg VOR (RBG), J143 Point Reyes
(PYE), Point Reyes 1 arrival (PYE.PYE1).
Maintain FL370.”
CRUISE
Note: Provide SFO ATIS information to crew.
Note: Inform crew that the aircraft will be repositioned
to approximately ENI, then execute the
reposition.
16. Enter Arrival Procedure
17. RTA at PYE
• Progress Page
18. CABIN ALTITUDE WARNING — OR — Rapid
Depressurization
QRH NNC.2
FCTM Ch8
• Memory Items
• CABIN ALTITUDE WARNING or Rapid
Depressurization Checklist
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making and Workload Management
priorities, Communications inside and outside
the flight deck).
Note: Choose an appropriate altitude, based on
terrain clearance. “Boeing 33, descend ___.
Altimeter 29.85.”
Note: Monitor crew CRM and radio/interphone
communications.
DESCENT
19. Emergency Descent
• Memory Items
• Emergency Descent Checklist
QRH NNC.0
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-7.33
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7B
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
Note: Emergency Descent Checklist states to
descend to “the lowest safe altitude or 10,000
feet, whichever is higher.” Crew should ask
ATC what the MSA is in the sector.
Note: Verify MSA before providing the following
clearance. “Boeing 33, descend and maintain
10,000.”
20. Prepare for approach into KSFO
• RNAV (GPS) RWY 28R Approach
• FMC Entries
OM 11.43
Note: “Boeing 33, contact NORCAL Approach,
134.5.”
Note: After Point Reyes (PYE), have crew descend
and maintain 6,000.
Note: Before PYE, clear crew direct to KOAK, then
provide vectors for the RNAV (GPS) Z RWY
28R Approach.
21. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 30 landing
• Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing
• DESCENT Checklist
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 5
Note: “Descend and maintain 4,000. Turn XXXX
heading ___, vector for RNAV Zulu 28 Right
Approach.” (vector as necessary to set up for
the approach).
Note: Prior to KOAK, activate the LOSS OF
SYSTEM B Non-Normal.
22. LOSS OF SYSTEM B
QRH NNC.13,
FCTM Ch 8
• LOSS OF SYSTEM B Checklist
• Deferred Items
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-7.34
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7B
REFERENCE
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making, Workload Management and
Communications).
APPROACH and LANDING
23. APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from the
LOSS OF SYSTEM B Checklist
24. Non-ILS Approach - RNAV (GPS) Z RWY 28R
Approach
• Approach to be flown in LNAV/VNAV or IAN,
if installed
• Single-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD
FCTM Ch 5
QRH MAN.2
25. LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from the
LOSS OF SYSTEM B Checklist
Note: “Boeing 33, _____ miles from AXMUL. Turn
right heading _____, intercept the final
approach course. Maintain 4,000 until
established. Cleared RNAV Zulu Runway 28
Right Approach. Contact Tower 120.5 at
AXMUL.”
MISSED APPROACH
26. Missed Approach Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 4.20
Note: Observe correct performance of procedure and
crew coordination. Give guidance as needed.
Note: “Boeing 33, fly runway heading, vectors for the
ILS RWY 28 Right Approach. Climb and
maintain 4,000.”
Note: Clear all malfunctions to enable Autoland.
Assist crew, as needed, to reposition switches
after malfunctions have been cleared.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-7.35
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7B
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
CLIMB
27. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
Note: After the Missed Approach, provide
appropriate vectors to intercept the localizer for
the ILS 28R Approach.
DESCENT
28. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
29. Prepare for approach into KSFO
• ILS RWY 28R
• FMC Entries
30. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 15 landing
• Accomplish the APPROACH briefing
• DESCENT Checklist
OM 11.43
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 5
APPROACH and LANDING
31. SOURCE OFF
• SOURCE OFF Checklist
QRH NNC.6
Note: SOURCE OFF used as a reason to have crew
start APU in preparation for the APU fire after
landing.
Note: Give vectors necessary to allow crew the
sufficient time to handle the Non-Normals.
32. Approach Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• APPROACH Checklist
Note: “Turn right heading ___, intercept the LOC,
cleared ILS Runway 28R Approach. Maintain
4,000 until established. Contact Tower 120.5 at
AXMUL.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-7.36
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7B
REFERENCE
33. ILS RWY 28R Approach
• Dual-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD
QRH MAN.2; OM 4.20
34. Landing Procedure
• LANDING Checklist
• Autoland
OM NP.21
OM 4.20
Note: Initiate APU FIRE while on Landing roll.
Note: APU FIRE and Evacuation are grouped
together as one scenario.
Note: “Boeing 33, smoke and flames are coming from
your tail!”
35. APU FIRE
• APU FIRE Checklist
– Fire will not extinguish
QRH NNC.8
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making and Workload Management
priorities, Communications inside and outside
the flight deck).
36. EVACUATION
QRH Back Cover;
FCTM Ch 8
• EVACUATION Checklist
Note: Simulate VHF communications with ATC.
Note: Check for CRM and correct completion of the
checklists.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-7.37
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7
Full Flight Simulator
Debrief
DEBRIEF
Student Evaluation of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their
debriefing of session events:
• How did the session go?
• What are the crews’ general impressions?
• Was there anything the crew should or could have done
differently that would have resulted in a better outcome?
• Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the
crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed?
• What can the crew do next time to improve?
• What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and
continue in the future?
Instructor Debrief of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM
and task performance be conducted as much as possible during
the training session.
Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should
review.
Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of
responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support
and enhance CRM.
Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human
factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient
communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from
power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all
resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all
crew members.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-7.38
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7
Summary of Next Lesson
• Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure,
Approach, System, etc.)
• Provide references for information that students should review
Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and
concerns to discuss during the next briefing session.
Questions
Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students:
• Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now?
• Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned
in previous lessons?
• Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused
about?
• Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is:
– In conflict with your understanding?
– In conflict with what you have read?
• At this point in your training – does everything seem clear
to you?
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
3-7.39
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7
Full Flight Simulator
Intentionally
Blank
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
3-7.40
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
FLIGHT LESSONS
TYPE RATING TRAINING
737-700/800
Flight Lessons
Copyright © 2010
The Boeing Company
All Rights Reserved
Document Number: 737NG-T1-IG
Revision Number: 13
Revision Date: June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Intentionally
Blank
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-0.2
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 1
4-1 FFS Lesson 1
DURATION
• Total scheduled time = 4:00 hours
• Scheduled time for each profile = 1:50 to 1:55 hours
• Break = 0:15 hours
LESSON SUMMARY
This lesson has one, repeated flight profile, which begins and ends at
Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA). The crew performs Normal
Procedures, including all Preflight Procedures. Emphases are on all
Normal Procedures, ground handling techniques, CRM, and manual
flight characteristics.
Introductory Topics:
• Flight characteristics of the 737NG
LESSON OBJECTIVES
• Improve skill level at performing flight activities
• Perform Normal Procedures and Checklists using effective CRM
Attributes
• Perform manual flight control:
– Manual ILS
– Visual approaches
– Full stop landings
ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY
Pilots should be proficient with all flows, Normal Procedures, and
Checklists, for all phases of flight.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-1.1
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 1
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson Data
LESSON DATA
ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KSEA-KSEA)
ORIGIN:
Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA)
RUNWAY:
16L
ROUTE:
ELMAA__.ELMAA Direct VICTORIA (YYJ), direct PAINE
(PAE)
DEPARTURE:
ELMAA____
CRZ ALT.:
10,000 ft
ARRIVAL:
None
DESTINATION:
Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA)
FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33
PERFORMANCE
737-700
GW:
128,000 lbs
(59,091 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
18,000 lbs
(9,091 kgs) ISA DEV:
+6
ZFW:
110,000 lbs
(50,000 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO, CLB
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) FLAPS:
5
RESERVES:
CRZ ALT:
10,000 ft
COST INDEX:
20
CG:
24.4%
737-800
GW:
153,500 lbs
(70,682 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
18,000 lbs
(9,091 kgs) ISA DEV:
+6
ZFW:
135,500 lbs
(61,591 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO, CLB
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) FLAPS:
5
RESERVES:
CRZ ALT:
10,000 ft
COST INDEX:
20
CG:
24.4%
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-1.2
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 1
WEATHER (KSEA)
WIND:
150/08
TEMPERATURE: 20C
VISIBILITY:
10
DEWPOINT:
16C
ALTIMETER:
30.00
SKY COND: 2000 OVC
ILS RWY 16L in use
Landing and Departing RWY 16L, RWY 16C, and RWY 16R
CLEARANCE
Boeing 33 is cleared to Seattle-Tacoma International Airport via the
ELMAA ____ Departure, as filed. Maintain 10,000. Contact Seattle
Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1147.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-1.3
4-1.4
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
KSEA (Day)
0
ROLL MODES
PITCH MODES
20
30
TAKEOFF
PRACTICE
40
50
10,000'
F/S
1:00
TIME
10
F/S
20
30
F/S AND T/O
3,000'
40
F/S
2:00
KSEA (Day)
50
AFTER
LANDING
VISUAL TRAFFIC PATTERN
RWY 16L
SHUT
DOWN
VISUAL/ILS 16L
(MAN, NO F/D)
VISUAL/ILS 16L
(MAN, WITH F/D)
ILS 16L SEA
DUAL CHANNEL (AP/AT, NO F/D)
STEEP TURNS
ROLL RATES
(WITH AND W/O SPEED BRAKES)
ACCEL/DECEL
DEMO
CLIMB SPEEDS
PITCH MODES
W/ INTERMEDIATE
LEVEL-OFFS
TAXI
NORMAL
START
COLD
10 AIRPLANE
15
20
30
40
Lesson 1
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile
Full Flight Simulator
PROFILE
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 1
REFERENCE
Lesson Plan
LESSON PLAN
PREFLIGHT
Note: Position airplane on the ramp, not at a gate (no
pushback this lesson).
1. Preliminary Preflight Procedure
OM 11.40, NP.21
2. CDU Preflight Procedure
3. Preflight Procedure – Captain and First Officer
• PREFLIGHT Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 1
4. Obtain ATC Clearance
BEFORE START
5. Before Start Procedure
• TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefings
• BEFORE START Checklist
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 2
QRH NC 1
ENGINE START
6. Engine Start Procedure
• Normal Engine Start Procedure
OM NP.21
7. Before Taxi Procedure
• BEFORE TAXI Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
8. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi
Note: “Boeing 33, runway 16 Left, taxi via Bravo.
Hold short runway 16 Left at Charlie.”
TAXI
Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff.
9. Before Takeoff Procedure
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-1.5
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 1
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
10. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Note: “Boeing 33, Runway 16 Left, line up and wait.”
Note: Save FMC data prior to takeoff (FMC Data
Retain on IOS panel).
TAKEOFF
Note: LNAV will not work with data retained. Provide
an initial takeoff clearance to maintain runway
heading after takeoff using HDG SEL.
Note: Complete takeoffs for proficiency, as required.
Note: “Boeing 33, runway 16 Left, cleared for
takeoff.”
TAKEOFF #1 – RWY 16L
TAKEOFF #2 – RWY 16L
11. Do not arm LNAV or VNAV
OM 11.42, NP.21
12. Takeoff Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.41
•
•
•
•
Directional control
Rotation rate and target pitch attitude
Flight Mode Annunciators (FMAs)
Continue normal takeoff until gear and flaps
completely retracted.
Note: After the crew has completely retracted the
gear and flaps after each takeoff, reposition to
the takeoff position and verify takeoff
configuration.
TAKEOFF #3 – RWY 16L
13. Arm LNAV/VNAV
OM 11.42, NP.21
14. Takeoff Procedure
• Directional control
• Rotation rate and target pitch attitude
QRH MAN.2
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-1.6
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 1
REFERENCE
• Flight Mode Annunciators (FMAs)
• Normal takeoff – continue departure
CLIMB
Note: Continue pitch and power demonstration for all
phases of flight and configurations, as
discussed in the brief.
Note: “Boeing 33, contact Departure.”
15. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain 10,000.”
Note: Review autothrottle, roll, and pitch modes
during climb with intermediate level-offs.
CRUISE
16. Acceleration to and deceleration from VMO
OM 4.20
17. Demonstration
• Roll rates with/without speedbrakes
extended
18. Steep turns
FTCM Ch 7
Note: Provide vectors for the ILS Runway 16L
Approach.
DESCENT
19. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
Note: Use the QRH to demonstrate the use of pitch
and power settings from clean to final
approach.
20. Prepare for approach to KSEA
• ILS RWY 16L
• FMC Entries
OM 11.43
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-1.7
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 1
Full Flight Simulator
21. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 30 landing
• Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing.
• DESCENT Checklist.
REFERENCE
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 5
QRH NC 3
Note: Review autothrottle, roll, and pitch modes.
APPROACH and LANDING
22. APPROACH Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• APPROACH Checklist
QRH NC 3
APPROACH #1
23. ILS RWY 16L Approach
• Dual-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD
OFF
24. LANDING Procedure.
• LANDING Checklist
• Autoland
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 6
OM 4.20
Note: Emphasize flare and landing visual picture.
AFTER LANDING
25. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
Note: After landing, reposition to 5 to 7 mile final
approach outside the FAF.
APPROACH #2
26. ILS RWY 16L Approach
QRH MAN.2;
OM 4.20
• Manual approach with FD ON
27. LANDING Procedure.
• LANDING Checklist
• Manual landing
OM NP.21, SP.4
FCTM Ch 6
OM NP.21
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-1.8
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 1
REFERENCE
Note: Emphasize flare and landing visual picture.
AFTER LANDING
28. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21.82
Note: After landing, reposition to 5 to 7 mile final
approach outside the FAF, configured to land.
APPROACH #3
29. ILS RWY 16L Approach
QRH MAN.2;
OM 4.20
• Manual approach with FD OFF
30. LANDING Procedure.
• LANDING Checklist
• Manual landing
OM NP.21, SP.4
FCTM Ch 6
OM NP.21
Note: Emphasize flare and landing visual picture.
AFTER LANDING
31. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
Note: Reposition to takeoff position runway 16L and
reconfigure for takeoff before starting the
Before Takeoff Procedure.
Note: Provide a clearance to the crew that instructs
them to fly runway heading after takeoff, climb
and maintain 3,000 feet, and to expect a Visual
Approach for RWY 16L.
32. FMC Entries
33. Before Takeoff Procedure
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
Note: “Boeing 33, runway 16 Left, cleared for
takeoff.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-1.9
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 1
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
TAKEOFF
34. Takeoff Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.41, NP.21
CLIMB
35. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
DESCENT
36. Descent Clearance provided by ATC.
37. Prepare for approach into KSEA
• Visual approaches to RWY 16L
• FMC Entries
OM NP.21
OM 11.43
Note: Use the various tools available in the flight deck
to conduct a Visual Approach.
38. Descent Procedure
• DESCENT Checklist.
QRH NC 3
APPROACH and LANDING
39. Approach Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• APPROACH Checklist
QRH NC 3
40. Visual traffic pattern RWY 16L
FCTM Ch 5
41. Landing Procedure.
• LANDING Checklist
• Manual landing
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 6
AFTER LANDING
42. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
43. After Landing Procedure
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-1.10
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 1
REFERENCE
Note: Additional approaches and landings, time
permitting.
Note: If time is a factor, after the After Landing
Procedure is complete, shutdown on the
taxiway in lieu of taxiing to the gate.
SHUTDOWN / SECURE
44. SHUTDOWN Procedure and Checklist
OM NP.21
45. SECURE Procedure and Checklist
(accomplish after the second profile only)
BREAK: 15 minutes
Switch flying pilot and repeat profile.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-1.11
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 1
Full Flight Simulator
Debrief
DEBRIEF
Student Evaluation of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their
debriefing of session events:
• How did the session go?
• What are the crews’ general impressions?
• Was there anything the crew should or could have done
differently that would have resulted in a better outcome?
• Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the
crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed?
• What can the crew do next time to improve?
• What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and
continue in the future?
Instructor Debrief of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM
and task performance be conducted as much as possible during
the training session.
Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should
review.
Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of
responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support
and enhance CRM.
Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human
factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient
communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from
power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all
resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all
crew members.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-1.12
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 1
Summary of Next Lesson
• Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure,
Approach, System, etc.)
• Provide references for information that students should review
Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and
concerns to discuss during the next briefing session.
Questions
Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students:
• Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now?
• Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned
in previous lessons?
• Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused
about?
• Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is:
– In conflict with your understanding?
– In conflict with what you have read?
• At this point in your training – does everything seem clear
to you?
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-1.13
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 1
Full Flight Simulator
Intentionally
Blank
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-1.14
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 2
4-2 FFS Lesson 2
DURATION
• Total scheduled time = 4:00 hours
• Scheduled time for each profile = 1:50 to 1:55 hours
• Break = 0:15 hours
LESSON SUMMARY
This lesson has one, repeated flight profile, which begins at Seattle
Tacoma International Airport (KSEA) and ends at Moses Lake
International Airport (KMWH). The crew performs Normal Procedures
and selected Non-Normal Procedures. Emphasis is on upset recovery,
engine inoperative flight characteristics, and engine failure procedures at
or above V1 during takeoff.
Introductory Topics:
• Rejected Takeoff
• Upset Recovery
• TCAS
• Engine-out procedures and handling
LESSON OBJECTIVES
• Improve skill level at performing previous flight activities
• Integrate selected Normal and Non-Normal Procedures
• Perform Normal and selected Non-Normal Procedures and
Checklists using effective CRM Attributes
• Perform Procedures and handling for engine-out at or above V1
during takeoff
ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY
Increased proficiency with respect to airplane control, levels of
automation, and handling of non-normal situations.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-2.1
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 2
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson Data
LESSON DATA
ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KSEA-KMWH)
ORIGIN:
Seattle Tacoma International Airport (KSEA)
RUNWAY:
16L
ROUTE:
MONTN__.MONTN Direct SEA V2 ELN
DEPARTURE:
MOUNTAIN ____
CRZ ALT.:
FL190
ARRIVAL:
None
DESTINATION:
Moses Lake International Airport (KMWH)
FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33
PERFORMANCE
737-700
GW:
128,000 lbs
(59,091 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
18,000 lbs
(9,091 kgs) ISA DEV:
+6
ZFW:
110,000 lbs
(50,000 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO-1, CLB-1
RESERVES:
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: 50C
CRZ ALT:
FL190
FLAPS:
5
COST INDEX:
20
CG:
18.9%
737-800
GW:
153,500 lbs
(70,682 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
18,000 lbs
(9,091 kgs) ISA DEV:
+6
ZFW:
135,500 lbs
(61,591 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO-1, CLB-1
RESERVES:
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: 52C
CRZ ALT:
FL190
FLAPS:
5
COST INDEX:
20
CG:
18.9%
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-2.2
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 2
WEATHER (KSEA)
WIND:
220/10
TEMPERATURE: 20C
VISIBILITY:
6
DEWPOINT:
17C
ALTIMETER:
30.03
SKY COND: OVC020
ILS RWYs 16L and 16R in use
Departing RWY 16L and 16C
WEATHER (KMWH)
WIND:
290/11
TEMPERATURE: 24C
VISIBILITY:
4
DEWPOINT:
18C
ALTIMETER:
30.22
SKY COND: OVC010
ILS RWY 32R in use
Landing and Departing RWY 32R
CLEARANCE
Boeing 33, cleared to Moses Lake International Airport, via the
MOUNTAIN ____ Departure, as filed. Maintain 9,000. Contact Seattle
Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1147.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-2.3
4-2.4
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
15
20
30
40
10
KSEA (Day)
0
20
INTRO TO
RTO
T/O RWY 16L
W/ X-WINDS
ENGINES RUNNING
- HOLD SHORT OF
RWY 16L
30
UPSET RECOVERY
PRACTICE
- NOSE LOW (2)
- NOSE HIGH (3)
40
50
17,000'
1:00
TIME
10
M/A OR
REJ LNDG
20
SE F/S
30
40
SE F/S
2:00
KMWH (Day)
50
ILS RWY 32R
ENG INOP
ENG FAIL FAM
ENG
ENG FAIL
FIRE
SHUT
DOWN
ENG INOP
ENG FAIL
AFTER
AFTER V1
LANDING
ILS RWY 32R
APPROACH TO
STALL PRACTICE
STALL RECOVERIES (3)
ILS RWY 32R
TCAS EVENT
FMC FAILURE
Lesson 2
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile
Full Flight Simulator
PROFILE
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 2
REFERENCE
Lesson Plan
LESSON PLAN
Note: Begin lesson with engines running, holding
short of runway 16L.
TAXI
1. Before Taxi Procedure
• BEFORE TAXI Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff.
2. Before Takeoff Procedure
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
3. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Note: “Boeing 33, Runway 16 Left, Cleared for
Takeoff.”
TAKEOFF #1 – RWY 16L
Note: Instructor Directed and Planned RTO to be
accomplished at 100 kts. This is an
instructional RTO to emphasize sequence of
actions, call outs and crew duties in area of
responsibility.
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making and Workload Management
priorities, Communications inside and outside
the flight deck).
4. Introduction to RTO
QRH MAN.1;
FCTM Ch 3
• RTO considerations (speed, wind direction,
communications)
• RTO Procedure
• Appropriate checklist
• Brake energy - QRH
QRH MAN.1
PI-QRH.11
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-2.5
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 2
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
Note: Emphasize a methodical, controlled rejected
takeoff and call outs.
Note: After stopping, reposition to the takeoff
position, runway 16L.
5. Before Takeoff Procedure
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
TAKEOFF #2 – RWY 16L
6. Arm LNAV/VNAV
OM 11.42.2, NP.21
7. Takeoff Procedure
• Assumed Temperature — OR —
Reduced Thrust Takeoff
FCTM Ch 3;
OM 11.32
• Crosswind
CLIMB
8. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
9. Climb using LNAV and VNAV
OM 4.10, 4.20, 11.41
Note: Verify that “Flight Freeze” is active on the URT
IOS page.
10. Upset Recovery Training
QRH MAN.1;
FCTM Ch 7
Note: For the Upset Recovery Training:
• Scenario 1: Nose High
– Beginning at approximately 5,000 feet.
– Recover using nose-down elevator only
• Scenario 2: Nose High
– Beginning at approximately 7,000 feet.
– Recover using nose-down elevator and
ailerons.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-2.6
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 2
REFERENCE
• Scenario 3: Nose High
– Beginning at approximately 9,000 feet.
– Recover using thrust reduction only.
• Scenario 4: Nose Low
– Beginning at approximately 14,000 feet.
– Recover using a combination of thrust,
ailerons, elevator, and speedbrake, as
required.
• Scenario 5: Nose Low
– Beginning between 8,000 and 14,000
feet.
– Recover by using thrust, ailerons, and
elevator, as required.
Note: If training time permits, the instructor should
allow the pilot-in-training to use all three
techniques to effect a recovery. The instructor
should place the airplane in a position similar to
the previous iterations with some small bank
angle already achieved. Stabilizer trim should
be as much nose up as possible. Allow the
student to use all available techniques to
recover the airplane.
• Upon completion of the upset recovery
training, set thrust, trim, and speedbrake for
level, stable flight.
Note: “Boeing 33, contact Seattle Center, 1XX.XX.”
Note: Upon completion of upset recovery training,
provide vectors to intercept Victor airway 2
(V2), and have crew climb and maintain new
cruise altitude of 17,000 feet.
CRUISE
Note: Activate the failure of the left FMC. If the
customer has the single FMC option,
accomplish this Non-Normal at the instructor’s
discretion.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-2.7
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 2
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making, Workload Management
priorities and Communications).
11. FMC FAIL (Left)
• FMC FAIL Checklist
QRH NNC 11
Note: Clear the FMC FAIL malfunction after this
non-normal is discussed and the checklist is
complete.
Note: Ensure KMWH ATIS is available for the crew.
Note: Activate a TCAS event (RA) after reaching
cruise flight.
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making and Workload Management
priorities, Communications inside and outside
the flight deck).
12. TCAS Event
QRH MAN.1;
FCTM Ch 7
DESCENT
Note: Provide vectors and descent for ILS RWY 32R
Approach to incorporate the stall series.
Note: “Boeing 33, descend and maintain ____.
Expect ILS Runway 32 Right Approach at
Moses Lake.”
13. Descent Clearance provided by ATC.
14. Prepare for approach into KMWH
• ILS RWY 32R
• FMC Entries
QRH MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 3
OM 11.43
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-2.8
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 2
15. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 30 landing
• Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing
• DESCENT Checklist.
REFERENCE
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 5
QRH NC 3
APPROACH and LANDING
Note: Accomplish approach to stall series during
downwind, base, and final approach vectored
legs for the ILS RWY 32R Approach.
Accomplish either a missed approach or
rejected landing after the third stall recovery on
final approach.
16. APPROACH Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• APPROACH Checklist
QRH NC 3
Note: “Boeing 33, in event of Missed Approach, fly
runway heading, climb and maintain 6,000.”
17. ILS RWY 32R Approach
QRH MAN.2;
OM 4.20
• Autopilot Approach with FD
• Manual thrust (no autothrottles)
OM NP.21, SP.4
FCTM Ch 5
18. Approach to Stall Series
• Stall Recovery 1 – downwind leg following a
LVL CHG descent, flaps up, speed brake at
flight detent
• Stall Recovery 2 – turn to base leg, flaps 5
• Stall Recovery 3 – established on final
approach, landing configuration
QRH MAN 1
19. LANDING Procedure
• LANDING Checklist.
OM NP.21
QRH NC 3
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-2.9
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 2
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
MISSED APPROACH
20. Missed Approach Procedure or Rejected
Landing
QRH MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 5
Note: Observe correct performance of procedure and
crew coordination. Give guidance as needed.
CLIMB
21. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
Note: After the Missed Approach, provide
appropriate vectors for another ILS Runway
32R Approach.
DESCENT
22. Prepare for approach into KMWH
• ILS RWY 32R in use
• FMC Entries
OM 11.43
23. Descent Clearance provided by ATC.
Note: After crew has accomplished the Approach
briefing and checklist and are descending to
4,000 ft., activate the engine failure.
Note: “Boeing 33, descend and maintain 4,000.”
Note: Discuss the need for Situational Awareness,
Workload Management and other CRM
Attributes necessary to accomplish this task.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-2.10
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 2
24. Engine Failure Familiarization
• Discuss indications, impact of thrust
changes.
• Engine-out maneuvering with and without
the autopilot.
• Rudder and trim considerations.
• Engine Failure Checklist.
• One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
REFERENCE
OM 4.20
QRH NNC 7
25. One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• Deferred Items
26. Descent Checklist - Deferred Item from the One
Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 15 landing
APPROACH and LANDING
27. APPROACH Checklist - Deferred Item from the
One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
28. ILS RWY 32R Approach
• Engine-Inop, Manual Approach with FD
QRH MAN.2; OM 4.20
QRH NNC 7, MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 3
• Note pitch attitudes and power settings at all
flap positions
29. LANDING Checklist - Deferred Item from the
One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• Engine-Inop, manual landing.
FCTM Ch 6
AFTER LANDING
30. Landing Roll Procedure
• Single thrust reverser
OM NP.21
Note: Clear all malfunctions after landing.
Note: Reposition to takeoff position runway 32R and
reconfigure for takeoff before starting the
Before Takeoff Procedure.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-2.11
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 2
Full Flight Simulator
31. Before Takeoff Procedure
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
REFERENCE
OM NP.21
Note: “Boeing 33, Runway 32 Right, line up and
wait.”
TAKEOFF
Note: Save FMC data prior to takeoff (FMC Data
Retain on IOS panel).
Note: LNAV/VNAV will not work with data retained.
Provide an initial takeoff clearance to maintain
runway heading after takeoff using HDG SEL.
Note: Activate an engine failure to occur at or above
V1.
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making and Workload Management
priorities, Communications inside and outside
the flight deck).
TAKEOFF #1 – RWY 32R
TAKEOFF #2 – RWY 32R
32. Do not arm LNAV or VNAV
33. Takeoff Procedure with Engine Failure at or
above V1
•
•
•
•
•
•
OM 11.42, NP.21
QRH MAN.2;
OM 4.20, NP.21;
FCTM Ch 3
Crew coordination
Rudder required for directional control
Runway centerline
Rotation rate and target pitch attitude
Trim requirements
Flight director use
Note: Continue engine-out profile to clean maneuver
speed, if crew control of aircraft permits.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-2.12
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 2
REFERENCE
Note: After Takeoff #1, reposition for Takeoff #2 with
Engine Failure (or Engine Severe Damage, as
desired) at or above V1 for a minimum of 3
engine-out profiles.
Note: Set simulator weather for non-precision
approach minimums prior to Takeoff #2.
TAKEOFF #3 – RWY 32R
34. Takeoff Procedure with ENGINE FIRE at or
above V1
•
•
•
•
•
QRH MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 5
Rudder required for directional control
Runway centerline
Rotation rate and target pitch attitude
Trim requirements
Flight director use
Note: Use an ENGINE FIRE on Takeoff #3, and have
the crew continue the climb. Provide radar
vectors for the ILS RWY 32R Approach.
35. ENGINE FIRE NNC Memory Items in the
TAKEOFF section before the CLIMB section
and the ENGINE FIRE or Severe Damage
Checklist.
CLIMB
36. ENGINE FIRE Checklist
QRH NNC 8
37. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
DESCENT
38. One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• Deferred Items
Note: “Boeing 33, descend and maintain 4,000.
Expect ILS Runway 32 Right Approach at
Moses Lake.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-2.13
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 2
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
39. Descent Clearance provided by ATC.
40. Prepare for approach into KMWH
• ILS RWY 32R
• FMC Entries
OM 11.43
41. Descent Checklist - Deferred Item from the One
Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 15 landing
APPROACH and LANDING
42. APPROACH Checklist - Deferred Item from the
One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
43. ILS RWY 32R Approach
• Engine-Inop, Manual Approach with FD
QRH NNC 7, MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 3
• Note pitch attitudes and power settings at all
flap positions
44. LANDING Checklist - Deferred Item from the
One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• Engine-Inop, manual landing
QRH MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 6
AFTER LANDING
45. Landing Roll Procedure
• Single thrust reverser
OM NP.21
46. After Landing Procedure
Note: Clear the runway, then accomplish the After
Landing Procedure and Shutdown Procedure
on the taxiway, time permitting.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-2.14
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 2
REFERENCE
SHUTDOWN / SECURE
47. SHUTDOWN Procedure and Checklist
48. SECURE Procedure and Checklist
(accomplish after the second profile only)
QRH NC 3;
OM NP.21
QRH NC 4;
OM NP.21
BREAK: 15 minutes
Switch flying pilot and repeat profile.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-2.15
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 2
Full Flight Simulator
Debrief
DEBRIEF
Student Evaluation of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their
debriefing of session events:
• How did the session go?
• What are the crews’ general impressions?
• Was there anything the crew should or could have done
differently that would have resulted in a better outcome?
• Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the
crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed?
• What can the crew do next time to improve?
• What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and
continue in the future?
Instructor Debrief of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM
and task performance be conducted as much as possible during
the training session.
Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should
review.
Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of
responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support
and enhance CRM.
Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human
factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient
communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from
power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all
resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all
crew members.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-2.16
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 2
Summary of Next Lesson
• Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure,
Approach, System, etc.)
• Provide references for information that students should review
Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and
concerns to discuss during the next briefing session.
Questions
Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students:
• Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now?
• Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned
in previous lessons?
• Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused
about?
• Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is:
– In conflict with your understanding?
– In conflict with what you have read?
• At this point in your training – does everything seem clear
to you?
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-2.17
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 2
Full Flight Simulator
Intentionally
Blank
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-2.18
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 3
4-3 FFS Lesson 3
DURATION
• Total scheduled time = 4:00 hours
• Scheduled time for each profile = 1:50 to 1:55 hours
• Break = 0:15 hours
LESSON SUMMARY
This lesson has one, repeated flight profile, which begins at Moses Lake
International Airport (KMWH) with Seattle-Tacoma International Airport
(KSEA) as the intended destination. During the flight, a diversion back to
MWH becomes necessary. The crew performs Normal and selected
Non-Normal Procedures, including a non-ILS, circling approach.
Emphases are on engine-inoperative approach, missed approach, and
landing procedures.
Introductory Topics:
• Engine out procedures and handling for approach and landing
LESSON OBJECTIVES
• Improve skill level at performing previous flight activities
• Integrate selected Normal and Non-Normal Procedures
• Perform Normal and selected Non-Normal Procedures and
Checklists using effective CRM Attributes
• Perform engine out procedures and handling at or after V1 and during
approach, missed approach, and landing
ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY
Increased proficiency with respect to airplane control, levels of
automation, and handling of non-normal situations.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-3.1
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 3
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson Data
LESSON DATA
ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KMWH-KSEA)
ORIGIN:
Moses Lake International Airport (KMWH)
RUNWAY:
32R
ROUTE:
Direct EPH, EPHRATA ____ Arrival
DEPARTURE:
None
CRZ ALT.:
FL200
ARRIVAL:
None
DESTINATION:
Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA)
FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33
PERFORMANCE
737-700
GW:
130,000 lbs
(59,091 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
20,000 lbs
(9,091 kgs) ISA DEV:
+11
ZFW:
110,000 lbs
(50,000 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO-1, CLB
RESERVES:
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: 48C
CRZ ALT:
FL200
FLAPS:
5
COST INDEX:
25
CG:
20.0%
737-800
GW:
155,000 lbs
(70,455 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
20,000 lbs
(9,091 kgs) ISA DEV:
+11
ZFW:
135,500 lbs
(61,591 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO-1, CLB
RESERVES:
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: 50C
CRZ ALT:
FL200
FLAPS:
5
COST INDEX:
25
CG:
20.0%
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-3.2
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 3
WEATHER (KMWH)
Note: Set dusk conditions in the simulator with maximum intensity
runway lighting to facilitate easier circling approaches.
WIND:
020/15
TEMPERATURE: 24C
VISIBILITY:
4
DEWPOINT:
21C
ALTIMETER:
30.12
SKY COND: OVC008
ILS RWY 32R in use
Landing and Departing RWY 32R
WEATHER (KSEA)
WIND:
300/15
TEMPERATURE: 20C
VISIBILITY:
6
DEWPOINT:
18C
SKY COND: BKN015, OVC030
ALTIMETER:
30.03
Landing and Departing RWY 34R
CLEARANCE
Boeing 33 is cleared to Seattle-Tacoma International Airport, via direct
EPH, as filed. Maintain 10,000. Departure frequency 126.4. Contact
Moses Lake Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1147.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-3.3
4-3.4
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
15
20
30
40
10
KMWH (Day)
0
20
30
T/O RWY 32R
W/ X-WIND
RTO
(LOW
SPEED)
ENGINES
RUNNING
FL 200
WHEEL WELL FIRE
40
50
6,000’
1:00
TIME
F/S
10
CIRCLE
TO LAND
W/ X-WIND
FLAPS 1 T/O
W/ V1 CUT
(ENG INOP)
20
30
SE M/A
SE ILS 32R
FLAPS 5 T/O
W/ ENG SEVERE
DAMAGE, V1 CUT
HOLD EXERCISE
PRIOR TO APPROACH
VOR-1 RWY 14L, CIRCLE 32R
40
SE F/S
2:00
KMWH (Day)
50
SHUT
DOWN
RTO
EXERCISES
SE VISUAL
RWY 32R
APPROACH
Lesson 3
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile (A)
Full Flight Simulator
PROFILE A
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
15
20
30
40
10
KMWH (Day)
0
20
30
T/O RWY 32R
W/ X-WIND
RTO
(LOW
SPEED)
ENGINES
RUNNING
SOURCE OFF/NO ELECTRIC
FROM APU AVAILABLE
FL 200
40
50
6,000’
1:00
TIME
F/S
10
CIRCLE
TO LAND
W/ X-WIND
FLAPS 1 T/O
W/ V1 CUT
(ENG INOP)
20
30
SE M/A
SE ILS 32R
FLAPS 5 T/O
W/ ENG SEVERE
DAMAGE, V1 CUT
HOLD EXERCISE
PRIOR TO APPROACH
RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 22, CIRCLE 32R
SE F/S
40
2:00
KMWH (Day)
50
SHUT
DOWN
RTO
EXERCISES
SE VISUAL
RWY 32R
APPROACH
Full Flight Simulator
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile (B)
Lesson 3
PROFILE B
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-3.5
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 3
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
Lesson Plan
LESSON PLAN
Note: Begin lesson with engines running, holding
short of runway 32R.
TAXI
1. Before Taxi Procedure
• BEFORE TAXI Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC.2
Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff.
2. Before Takeoff Procedure
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
3. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
TAKEOFF
Note: Emphasize a methodical, controlled rejected
takeoff and call outs.
4. RTO
QRH MAN.1;
FCTM Ch 3
• Low speed
Note: Reposition for another takeoff
5. Takeoff Procedure
• Assumed Temperature — OR —
Reduced Thrust Takeoff
• Arm LNAV/VNAV
• Crosswind
FCTM Ch 3; OM 11.32
OM 11.42, NP.21
FCTM Ch 3
CLIMB
6. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
Note: Profile 3A only:
Activate a WHEEL WELL FIRE to occur above
10,000 ft.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-3.6
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 3
REFERENCE
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making and Workload Management
priorities, Communications inside and outside
the flight deck).
7. Profile 3A only:
WHEEL WELL FIRE after gear up
• WHEEL WELL FIRE Checklist
QRH NNC 8;
FCTM Ch 8
Note: Clear Non-Normal after checklist complete
Note: Profile 3B only:
Activate a SOURCE OFF and APU Generator
FAIL.
8. Profile 3B only:
SOURCE OFF
• SOURCE OFF Checklist
• APU (when running) will not power electrical
busses
QRH NNC 6
DESCENT
Note: Use one of the following two approaches with a
circle-to-land. Choose a different approach for
each Profile, and have the crew fly the full
approach.
• VOR-1 RWY 14L Approach, circle-to-land
RWY 32R
• RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 22 Approach, circle-toland RWY 32R
9. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
10. Prepare for Emergency Return to KMWH
• Non-ILS (RNAV or VOR) Approaches in use
with circle-to-land
• FMC Entries
OM SP.4; FCTM Ch 5
OM 11.43
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-3.7
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 3
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
Note: Select one from below:
• “Boeing 33, radar out of service. Cleared
direct EPH, descend and maintain 6,000.
Expect…” (select one of the two approaches
below)
– Profile 3A only:
“...VOR-1 RWY 14 Left Approach, circle
RWY 32R”
– Profile 3B only:
“...RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 22 Approach,
circle RWY 32R”
11. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 30 landing
• Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing
• DESCENT Checklist.
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 5
QRH NC 3
Note: Prior to EPH and after the VOR-1 RWY 14L
Approach or the RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 22
Approach has been entered into the FMC,
clear the crew for the approach.
Note: Prior to arriving at EPH, cancel the Approach
Clearance, then...
12. Hold at EPH
Note: “Boeing 33, hold NW of EPH on the 315 degree
radial, left turns. Maintain 6,000. Expect further
clearance at XXXX.”
Note: Discuss Situational Awareness, Decision
Making and Workload Management CRM
Attributes required to accomplish the clearance
modification.
Note: Clear crew for approach after established in
hold.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-3.8
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 3
REFERENCE
APPROACH and LANDING
13. APPROACH Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• APPROACH Checklist
14. Non-ILS Approach – VOR-1 RWY 14L
Approach, circle RWY 32R or RNAV (GPS) Y
RWY 22 Approach, circle RWY 32R
QRH NC 3
FCTM Ch 5;
OM SP.4, NP.21
• Single-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD
• Full approach with procedure turn, arc, or
hold
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making, Workload Management
priorities and Communications).
Note: Set weather to allow circling: 1000 OVC, 5
miles visibility, runway lighting, remove haze.
Having the visual conditions as dusk instead of
daytime will help the crew see runway lighting
during the circle.
Note: When appropriate, “Boeing 33, cleared to circle
SW, report left base, RWY ____.”
15. LANDING Procedure
• LANDING Checklist
• Crosswind
• Manual landing
OM NP.21
QRH NC 3
FCTM Ch 6
AFTER LANDING
16. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
Note: Clear all malfunctions.
Note: Reposition to takeoff position RWY 32R and
reconfigure for takeoff before starting the
Before Takeoff Procedure.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-3.9
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 3
Full Flight Simulator
17. Before Takeoff Procedure
• Flaps 1 takeoff
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
REFERENCE
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
TAKEOFF
Note: Reset winds to 290/12 for single engine work.
Note: Verify that crew does not arm LNAV or VNAV.
Note: Retain FMC data for multiple takeoffs.
Note: Activate an engine failure to occur at or above
V1.
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making and Workload Management
priorities, Communications inside and outside
the flight deck).
18. Takeoff Procedure with Engine Failure
Non-Normal at or above V1
•
•
•
•
•
•
QRH MAN 2, NNC 7;
OM 4.20, NP.21;
FCTM Ch 3
Crew coordination
Flaps 1 takeoff
Rudder required for directional control
Trim requirements
Rotation rate and target pitch attitude
Flight director usage
Note: Continue engine-out profile to clean maneuver
speed, if crew control of aircraft permits.
Note: Reposition for another takeoff. Activate the
Engine Severe Damage malfunction to occur
at or above V1.
19. Before Takeoff Procedure
• Flaps 5 Takeoff
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-3.10
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 3
20. Takeoff Procedure with Engine Severe Damage
Non-Normal at or above V1
•
•
•
•
•
REFERENCE
QRH MAN 2, NNC 7;
OM 4.20, NP.21;
FCTM Ch 3
Rudder required for directional control
Trim requirements
Rotation rate and target pitch attitude
Flight director usage
Crew coordination
Note: After last takeoff with an engine failure/engine
severe damage, have the crew continue the
climb, and provide vectors for the ILS RWY
32R Approach.
21. ENGINE SEVER DAMAGE NNC Memory Items
in the TAKEOFF section before the CLIMB
section and the ENGINE FIRE or Severe
Damage Checklist.
CLIMB
22. ENGINE FIRE or Engine Severe Damage
Checklist
QRH NNC 8
23. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
DESCENT
24. One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• Deferred Items
25. Prepare Emergency return to KMWH
• ILS Approach RWY 32R in use
• FMC Entries
QRH NNC 2;
FCTM Ch 7
OM 11.43
Note: “Boeing 33, maintain 4,000.”
26. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-3.11
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 3
Full Flight Simulator
27. DESCENT Checklist - Deferred Item from the
One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 15 landing
REFERENCE
OM NP.21
APPROACH and LANDING
28. APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from the
One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
29. ILS RWY 32R Approach
• Engine-Inop, manual approach with FD
30. LANDING Checklist - Deferred Item from the
One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• Engine-Inop, manual landing
QRH NNC 7, MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 3
OM NP.21
QRH NC 3
MISSED APPROACH
31. Missed Approach Procedure
QRH MAN 2; OM NP.21;
FCTM Ch 5
• Engine Inop
Note: Increase simulator weather to allow for a visual
approach (CAVOK).
Note: Instruct crew to fly the published missed
approach, then prior to entering the published
hold, provide appropriate vectors for the visual
approach to RWY 32R.
Note: “Boeing 33, report the runway in sight.”
CLIMB
32. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
Note: “Boeing 33, expect a visual approach to RWY
32R Approach at Moses Lake.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-3.12
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 3
REFERENCE
DESCENT
33. One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
34. Prepare for approach to KMWH
• Visual Approach RWY 32R in use
• FMC Entries
OM 11.43
Note: “Boeing 33, maintain 4,000.”
35. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
36. DESCENT Checklist - Deferred Item from One
Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 15 landing
OM NP.21
APPROACH and LANDING
37. APPROACH Checklist - Deferred Item from
One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
38. Visual RWY 32R Approach
• Engine Inop, manual approach with FD
39. LANDING Checklist - Deferred Item from One
Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• Engine Inop, manual landing
QRH NNC 7, MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 3
FCTM Ch 6
AFTER LANDING
40. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
Note: Reposition to takeoff position RWY 32R and
reconfigure for takeoff before starting the
Before Takeoff Procedure.
41. Before Takeoff Procedure
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-3.13
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 3
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
TAKEOFF (RTO EXERCISES)
Note: Selecting an RTO exercise positions airplane
on centerline using current field conditions and
gross weight for a balanced field length
condition.
Note: Instructor will confirm that the FMC V-speeds
and weights match those generated at the IOS.
Note: Use Flight Freeze as needed to emphasize
RTO-related teaching points.
Note: Balance fuel, if needed, prior to beginning the
RTO exercises.
Note: Review RTO Procedures/ exercises.
42. Runs 1 and 2
• Run 1:
– Engine fail V1, minus 5 knots, manual
braking
– Timely engine failure recognition and PM
call
– Pedal force and direction control with
max manual braking
• Run 2:
– Engine fail V1, minus 5 knots, autobrakes
– Timely initiation of RTO
– Recognizing the effectiveness of
autobraking relative to max manual
braking
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-3.14
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 3
REFERENCE
43. Runs 3, 4, and 5
• Run 3:
– Engine fail V1, minus 5 knots, wet
runway, no V1 corrections, manual
braking
• Run 4:
– Engine fail V1, minus 5 knots, wet
runway, with V1 corrections, manual
braking
• Run 5:
– Engine fail at or above V1, takeoff
continued
– Go/No Go decision close to V1
– Screen height over end of runway
SHUTDOWN / SECURE
44. SHUTDOWN Procedure and Checklist
(accomplish after the second profile only)
45. SECURE Procedure and Checklist
(accomplish after the second profile only)
QRH NC 3;
OM NP.21
QRH NC 4;
OM NP.21
Note: Reposition aircraft to hold short position for
next leg. Reset aircraft weights.
BREAK: 15 minutes
Switch flying pilot and repeat profile.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-3.15
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 3
Full Flight Simulator
Debrief
DEBRIEF
Student Evaluation of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their
debriefing of session events:
• How did the session go?
• What are the crews’ general impressions?
• Was there anything the crew should or could have done
differently that would have resulted in a better outcome?
• Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the
crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed?
• What can the crew do next time to improve?
• What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and
continue in the future?
Instructor Debrief of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM
and task performance be conducted as much as possible during
the training session.
Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should
review.
Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of
responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support
and enhance CRM.
Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human
factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient
communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from
power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all
resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all
crew members.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-3.16
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 3
Summary of Next Lesson
• Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure,
Approach, System, etc.)
• Provide references for information that students should review
Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and
concerns to discuss during the next briefing session.
Questions
Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students:
• Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now?
• Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned
in previous lessons?
• Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused
about?
• Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is:
– In conflict with your understanding?
– In conflict with what you have read?
• At this point in your training – does everything seem clear
to you?
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-3.17
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 3
Full Flight Simulator
Intentionally
Blank
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-3.18
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 4
4-4 FFS Lesson 4
DURATION
• Total scheduled time = 4:00 hours
• Scheduled time for each profile = 1:50 to 1:55 hours
• Break = 0:15 hours
LESSON SUMMARY
This lesson has two, night flight profiles, both which begin at Moses Lake
International (KMWH) and end at Seattle-Tacoma International (KSEA).
The crew performs Normal and selected Non-Normal Procedures with
emphasis on secondary flight control malfunctions. Additional emphases
are on Cold Weather Operations and Supplementary Procedures.
Introductory Topics:
• Operations in icing conditions
• Secondary flight control malfunctions
LESSON OBJECTIVES
• Improve skill level at performing previous flight activities
• Integrate selected Normal and Non-Normal Procedures
• Perform Normal and selected Non-Normal Procedures and
Checklists using effective CRM Attributes
• Perform Normal Procedures to the required level of proficiency while
performing secondary flight control Non-Normal Procedures (flaps)
• Perform Supplementary Procedures related to Cold Weather
Operations
ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY
• Proficiency in performing airplane operations in adverse weather
conditions.
• Proficiency in performing flap non-normal approaches.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-4.1
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 4
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson Data
LESSON DATA
ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KMWH-KSEA)
ORIGIN:
Moses Lake International Airport (KMWH)
RUNWAY:
32R
ROUTE:
Direct EPH, EPHRATA ____ Arrival
DEPARTURE:
None
CRZ ALT.:
FL200
ARRIVAL:
None
DESTINATION:
Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA)
FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33
PERFORMANCE
Note: Inform crew that the runway is wet (a wet runway is a subset of
slippery) with good braking action, but the taxiway is contaminated
with ½ inch slush. There is no snow or ice accumulation on the
aircraft, and de-icing is not required.
737-700
GW:
135,000 lbs
(60,455 kgs) RUNWAY:
Slippery
FUEL:
22,000 lbs
(9,091 kgs) ISA DEV:
-17
ZFW:
113,000 lbs
(51,364 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO, CLB
5,000 lbs
(2,273 kgs) FLAPS:
RESERVES:
CRZ ALT:
FL200
COST INDEX:
50
5 (Profile 4A),
15 (Profile 4B)
CG:
20.4%
737-800
GW:
152,000 lbs
(68,182 kgs) RUNWAY:
Slippery
FUEL:
22,000 lbs
(9,091 kgs) ISA DEV:
-17
ZFW:
130,000 lbs
(59,091 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO, CLB
5,000 lbs
(2,273 kgs) FLAPS:
5 (Profile 4A),
RESERVES:
CRZ ALT:
FL200
COST INDEX:
50
15 (Profile 4B)
CG:
20.4%
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-4.2
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 4
WEATHER (KMWH) – NIGHT FLIGHT
WIND:
230/10
TEMPERATURE: -5C
VISIBILITY:
1, light snow
DEWPOINT:
-8C
ALTIMETER:
29.86
SKY COND: OVC005, OVC030
(break out at 15,000 ft)
ILS RWY 32R in use
Landing and Departing RWY 32R
WEATHER (KSEA) – NIGHT FLIGHT
WIND:
200/23G29
TEMPERATURE: 3C
VISIBILITY:
10
DEWPOINT:
-1C
SKY COND: SCT041 SCT080
ALTIMETER:
29.85
ILS RWYs 16L and 16R in use
Landing and Departing RWY 16L and 16R
CLEARANCE
Boeing 33 is cleared to Seattle-Tacoma International Airport, via direct
EPH, as filed. Climb and maintain 10,000. Contact Moses Lake
Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1147.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-4.3
4-4.4
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
15
20
30
40
10
KMWH (Night)
0
20
COLD WX
OPERATIONS
PREFLIGHT
30
LE FLAPS
TRANSIT
40
50
1:00
TIME
F/S
10
M/A
20
F/S
ILS 32R
APPROACH
30
F/S
40
50
KMWH (Night)
F/S
2:00
SHUT
DOWN
AFTER
LANDING
STAB TRIM
INOP
ILS 32R
MANUAL REVERSION DEMO
ILS 32R
DRIVE
WING-BODY OVERHEAT
RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 22
OR
RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 14L
TE FLAP ASYMMETRY (1-0)
TE FLAP ASYMMETRY (1-5)
ILS 32R APPROACH,
G/S OUT OF SERVICE (PT)
Lesson 4
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile (A)
Full Flight Simulator
PROFILE A
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
15
20
30
40
10
KMWH (Night)
0
20
30
T/O CONFIG
WARN/TAXI
40
TE FLAPS
DISAGREE
ENG. COWL VALVE OPEN
OR
TAI INDICATION
COLD WX
OPERATIONS
PREFLIGHT
50
F/S
1:00
TIME
10
20
M/A
30
F/S
ILS 32R
APPROACH
STAB TRIM
INOP
40
50
2:00
KMWH (Night)
F/S
AFTER
LANDING
SHUT
DOWN
MANUAL
REVERSON DEMO
ILS 32R
RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 22
OR
RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 14L
TE FLAP ASYMMETRY (1-0)
ILS 32R APPROACH,
G/S OUT OF SERVICE (PT)
Full Flight Simulator
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile (B)
Lesson 4
PROFILE B
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-4.5
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 4
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
Lesson Plan
LESSON PLAN
PREFLIGHT
1. Preliminary Preflight Procedure
OM 11.40, NP.21
2. CDU Preflight Procedure
3. Preflight Procedure –Captain and First Officer
• PREFLIGHT Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 1
4. Obtain ATC Clearance
Note: Discuss the need for effective Communications
and Resource Management while completing
Supplementary Procedures and coordinating
with ground personnel.
BEFORE START
5. Before Start Procedure
• Cold weather considerations and crew
communications inside and outside the flight
deck
• TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefing
• BEFORE START Checklist
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 2
QRH NC 1
ENGINE START
Note: Remind crew that confirming with Ground
personnel that the steering lockout pin is in
place for pushback (removed for taxi out).
6. Engine Start Procedure
• Cold Weather Operations – Engine Start
Supplementary Procedure
OM NP.21
OM SP.16
Note: Profile 4B only:
Prior to the crew turning on the Engine Anti-Ice,
fail the engine cowl valve on one engine. Clear
malfunction with increased thrust per SP.16.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-4.6
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 4
REFERENCE
7. Engine Anti-Ice Operation – On the Ground
OM SP.16
8. Profile 4B only:
ENGINE COWL VALVE OPEN or TAI
INDICATION
• ENGINE COWL VALVE OPEN OR TAI
INDICATION Checklist
QRH NNC 3
9. Wing Anti-Ice Operation – On the Ground
OM SP.16
10. Before Taxi Procedure
• Cold Weather Taxi Operations
• BEFORE TAXI Checklist
OM NP.21
OM SP.16
QRH NC 2
11. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi
Note: “Boeing 33, runway 32 Right, taxi via Alpha.
Hold short runway 32 Right at Alpha.”
TAXI
Note: Inform crew of taxiway contamination. Crew
should taxi flaps up.
Note: Profile 4B only:
When applying power to taxi, demonstrate the
TAKEOFF CONFIGURATION Warning while
taxiing.
12. Profile 4B only:
TAKEOFF CONFIGURATION Warning
• Demonstration, only
OM 15.20
Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff.
13. Before Takeoff Procedure
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
14. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Note: “Boeing 33, runway 32 Right, line up and wait.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-4.7
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 4
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
Note: Remind crew of the engine run-up
requirements stated in the Cold Weather
Operations Takeoff Supplementary Procedure.
TAKEOFF – RWY 32R
15. Takeoff Procedure
QRH MAN 2;
FCTM Ch 3; OM NP.21
• Profile 4A only: Flaps 5 takeoff
• Profile 4B only: Flaps 15 takeoff
CLIMB
Note: Ensure effective Decision Making Attributes
are applied with the following Non-Normals.
Note: Profile 4A only:
Activate LE Flaps Transit malfunction. Clear
malfunction after flaps retracted to UP.
Note: Profile 4B only:
Activate the “TE Flap CTL Valve Fail” on the
IOS panel at Flaps 5. Keep this malfunction
active until landing.
16. Climb in Icing Conditions to 12,000 ft
OM SP.16;
FCTM Ch 4
Note: “Boeing 33, contact Departure.”
17. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
18. Select per profile below:
• Profile 4A only:
LEADING EDGE FLAPS TRANSIT
– LEADING EDGE FLAPS TRANSIT
Checklist
• Profile 4B only:
Trailing Edge Flaps Disagree
– Trailing Edge Flaps Disagree Checklist
- Deferred Items
QRH NC 2
QRH NNC 9; OM 9;
FCTM Ch 8
QRH NNC 9
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-4.8
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 4
REFERENCE
Note: Encourage effective use of Resource
Management skills while contacting "company"
for guidance on destination change.
DESCENT
Note: “Boeing 33, radar out of service. Cleared direct
PELLY. Expect the ILS RWY 32R Approach to
Moses Lake.”
Note: “Boeing 33, ILS 32 Right glide slope out of
service. Cleared for the ILS RWY 32 Right
Approach, glide slope out of service. Cross
PELLY at or above 4,000. Report PT inbound.”
19. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
20. Prepare for Return to KMWH
• ILS 32R Approach, GS out of service
• FMC Entries
OM 11.43
21. Select per profile below:
Note: Emphasize the need for strong Situational
Awareness and Workload Management
considerations while accomplishing the
Checklist Deferred Items.
• Profile 4A only:
Descent Procedure
– APPROACH REF page
– Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing
– DESCENT Checklist
• Profile 4B only:
DESCENT Checklist - Deferred Item from
the Trailing Edge Flaps Disagree Checklist
– APPROACH REF page
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 5
QRH NC 3
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-4.9
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 4
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
APPROACH and LANDING
22. Select per profile below:
• Profile 4A only:
APPROACH Procedure
– APPROACH Checklist
• Profile 4B only:
APPROACH Checklist - Deferred Item from
the Trailing Edge Flaps Disagree Checklist
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
QRH NC 3
Note: Profile 4A only:
Activate TE Flap Asymmetry malfunction on
extension between flaps 1-5.
23. Profile 4A only:
Trailing Edge Flap Asymmetry (1-5)
• Trailing Edge Flap Asymmetry Checklist
– Deferred Items
24. Non-ILS Approach – ILS 32R Approach, GS out
of service
• Manual Approach with FD
QRH NNC 9
QRH MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 5
• Full procedure approach with procedure turn
or hold
OM NP.21
25. LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from the
Non-Normal Checklist (Both profile 4A and 4B)
• Manual landing
FCTM Ch 6
AFTER LANDING
26. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
Note: Clear all malfunctions after landing.
Note: Reposition to takeoff position RWY 32R and
reconfigure for takeoff before starting the
Before Takeoff Procedure.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-4.10
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 4
REFERENCE
Note: The next approach is either the RNAV (GPS) Y
RWY 22 or the RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 14L.
Note: Profile 4A only:
“Boeing 33, cleared direct MALEE. Climb and
maintain 6,000. Expect the RNAV Yankee
Runway 22 Approach to Moses Lake.”
Note: Profile 4B only:
“Boeing 33, cleared direct JUKRI. Climb and
maintain 6,000. Expect the RNAV Yankee
Runway 14 Left Approach to Moses Lake.”
Note: For both Profiles 4A and 4B:
Activate TE Flap Asymmetry malfunction on
flap retraction between flaps 1-0.
27. Before Takeoff Procedure
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
28. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
TAKEOFF – RWY 32R
29. Takeoff Procedure
QRH MAN 2;
FCTM Ch 3
30. Trailing Edge Flap Asymmetry (1-0)
(Profiles 4A and 4B)
• Trailing Edge Flap Asymmetry Checklist
– Deferred Items
QRH NNC 9
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making and Workload Management
priorities, Communications inside and outside
the flight deck).
CLIMB
31. Climb in Icing Conditions
OM SP.16;
FCTM Ch 4
32. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-4.11
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 4
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
DESCENT
Note: For profile 4A:
“Boeing 33, radar out of service. Cleared direct
MALEE. Cleared the RNAV Y RWY 22
Approach to Moses Lake. Maintain 6,000 until
established. Report PT inbound.”
Note: For profile 4B:
“Boeing 33, radar out of service. Cleared direct
JUKRI. Cleared RNAV Y RWY 14 Left
Approach to Moses Lake. Maintain 6,000 until
established. Report procedure hold inbound.”
Note: If additional time is needed by the crew to
complete the Non-Normal Checklist and
prepare for the approach, clear the crew to hold
in lieu of the procedure turn at MALEE (JUKRI).
33. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
34. Prepare for approach to KMWH
• Profile 4A only:
RNAV (GPS) Y Runway 22 Approach
• Profile 4B only:
RNAV (GPS) Y Runway 14L Approach
• FMC Entries
OM 11.43
35. DESCENT Checklist - Deferred Item from the
Trailing Edge Flaps Asymmetry Checklist
• APPROACH REF page
APPROACH and LANDING
36. APPROACH Checklist - Deferred Item from the
Trailing Edge Flaps Asymmetry Checklist
37. Non-ILS Approach – RNAV (GPS) Y Runway
22 or RNAV (GPS) Y Runway 14L Approach
• Manual Approach with FD
• Full approach with procedure turn or hold
QRH MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 5
OM NP.21
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-4.12
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 4
REFERENCE
38. LANDING Checklist - Deferred Item from the
Trailing Edge Flaps Asymmetry Checklist
MISSED APPROACH
39. Missed Approach Procedure
OM NP.21
Note: “Boeing 33, fly the published missed approach.
Climb and maintain 4,000. Expect vectors for
the ILS Runway 32 Right Approach to Moses
Lake.”
Note: When level at 4,000 feet, clear all malfunctions,
and provide vectors for the ILS RWY 32R
Approach.
CLIMB
40. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
Note: Profile 4A only:
Activate GEN DRIVE Malfunction.
41. Profile 4A only:
Drive
• Drive Checklist
QRH NNC 6
Note: Profile 4A only:
After APU on Bus, Activate WING BODY
OVERHEAT.
42. Profile 4A only:
WING-BODY OVERHEAT
• WING-BODY OVERHEAT Checklist
43. Profile 4B only:
Stabilizer Trim Inoperative
• Stabilizer Trim Inoperative Checklist
– Deferred Items
QRH NNC 2
QRH NNC 9
Note: Stabilizer Trim Inoperative Non-Normal for
Profile 4A occurs later in the lesson.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-4.13
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 4
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
DESCENT
44. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
45. Prepare for Return to KMWH
• ILS RWY 32R Approach
• FMC Entries
46. DESCENT Checklist - Deferred Item from the
Stabilizer Trim Inoperative Checklist
• APPROACH REF page
OM NP.21
OM 11.43
OM NP.21
APPROACH and LANDING
47. APPROACH Checklist - Deferred Item from the
Stabilizer Trim Inoperative Checklist
48. ILS RWY 32R Approach
• Manual approach with FD
OM NP.21
QRH MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 5
49. LANDING Checklist - Deferred Item from the
Stabilizer Trim Inoperative Checklist
AFTER LANDING
50. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
Note: Clear all malfunctions after landing.
MANUAL REVERSION Demonstration
Note: Remove wind and increase weather to VFR/
CAVOK.
Note: Reposition to a 45 degree leg to final approach,
runway 32R, then begin the manual reversion
demonstration in the landing configuration
(flaps 15, gear down), with all checklists
complete.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-4.14
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 4
REFERENCE
APPROACH and LANDING
51. Manual reversion approach and landing
demonstration
52. ILS/Visual RWY 32R Approach
• Manual Reversion Approach with FD
QRH NNC 13;
FCTM Ch 8
53. LANDING Procedure and Checklist
OM NP.21;
QRH NC 3
• Manual Reversion landing
FCTM Ch 6
AFTER LANDING
54. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
Note: Clear all malfunctions after landing.
Note: Instructor reposition on final for all flaps up
landing demonstration. Configure gear down,
checklist complete (checklist briefed in
briefing). Verify Vref 40+55 set in FMC.
APPROACH and LANDING
55. Profile 4A only:
Stabilizer Trim Inoperative
• Stabilizer Trim Inoperative Checklist
– Deferred Items
QRH NNC 9
56. ILS RWY 32R Approach
AFTER LANDING
57. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
58. After Landing Procedure
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-4.15
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 4
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
SHUTDOWN / SECURE
59. SHUTDOWN Procedure and Checklist
60. SECURE Procedure and Checklist
(accomplish after the second profile only)
QRH NC 3;
OM NP.21
QRH NC 4;
OM NP.21
BREAK: 15 minutes
Switch flying pilot and repeat profile.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-4.16
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 4
Debrief
DEBRIEF
Student Evaluation of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their
debriefing of session events:
• How did the session go?
• What are the crews’ general impressions?
• Was there anything the crew should or could have done
differently that would have resulted in a better outcome?
• Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the
crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed?
• What can the crew do next time to improve?
• What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and
continue in the future?
Instructor Debrief of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM
and task performance be conducted as much as possible during
the training session.
Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should
review.
Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of
responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support
and enhance CRM.
Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human
factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient
communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from
power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all
resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all
crew members.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-4.17
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 4
Full Flight Simulator
Summary of Next Lesson
• Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure,
Approach, System, etc.)
• Provide references for information that students should review
Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and
concerns to discuss during the next briefing session.
Questions
Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students:
• Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now?
• Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned
in previous lessons?
• Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused
about?
• Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is:
– In conflict with your understanding?
– In conflict with what you have read?
• At this point in your training – does everything seem clear
to you?
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-4.18
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 5
4-5 FFS Lesson 5
DURATION
• Total scheduled time = 4:00 hours
• Scheduled time for each profile = 1:50 to 1:55 hours
• Break = 0:15 hours
LESSON SUMMARY
This lesson has one, repeated flight profile, beginning at Moses Lake
International Airport (KMWH) with an intended destination of Portland
International Airport (KPDX). A diversion to Seattle-Tacoma International
becomes necessary during the flight. The crew performs Normal and
selected Non-Normal Procedures and Checklists. Emphases are on
recovery from high altitude stalls, handling cabin depressurization and
hydraulic system malfunctions, and escaping windshear.
Introductory Topics:
• High altitude stalls
• Pressurization and hydraulic system malfunctions
• Windshear
LESSON OBJECTIVES
• Improve skill level at performing previous flight activities
• Demonstrate integration of selected Normal and Non-Normal
Procedures
• Perform Normal and selected pressurization and hydraulic
Non-Normal Procedures and Checklists using effective CRM
Attributes
• Perform manual landings, Non-Normal Procedures, and use of
checklists to the required level of proficiency
• Perform high altitude stall recovery
• Recognize and recover from multiple windshear events during takeoff
and approach
ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY
• Proficiency in performing approach to stall recovery maneuvers.
• Proficiency in performing emergency descent procedures.
• Proficiency in performing the windshear escape maneuver.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-5.1
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson Data
LESSON DATA
ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KMWH-KPDX)
ORIGIN:
Moses Lake International Airport (KMWH)
ROUTE:
Direct MWH J90 SEA HELNS ____ Arrival
DEPARTURE:
MOSES ____
CRZ ALT.:
FL380
ARRIVAL:
None
DESTINATION:
Portland International (KPDX)
FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33
PERFORMANCE
737-700
GW:
135,000 lbs
(61,364 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
25,000 lbs
(11,364 kgs) ISA DEV:
+9
ZFW:
110,000 lbs
(50,000 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO, CLB
8,000 lbs
(3,636 kgs) FLAPS:
5
RESERVES:
CRZ ALT:
FL380
COST INDEX:
35
CG:
19.4%
737-800
GW:
150,000 lbs
(68,182 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
25,000 lbs
(11,364 kgs) ISA DEV:
+9
ZFW:
125,000 lbs
(56,818 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO, CLB
8,000 lbs
(3,636 kgs) FLAPS:
5
RESERVES:
CRZ ALT:
FL380
COST INDEX:
35
CG:
19.4%
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-5.2
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 5
WEATHER (KMWH)
WIND:
305/10
TEMPERATURE: 22C
VISIBILITY:
10
DEWPOINT:
19C
ALTIMETER:
29.78
SKY COND: 6000 OVC
ILS and RNAV Approaches RWY 32R in use
Landing and Departing RWY 32R
WEATHER (KPDX)
WIND:
110/12
TEMPERATURE: 11C
VISIBILITY:
7
DEWPOINT:
8C
ALTIMETER:
29.86
SKY COND: 2,000 BKN, 3,500 OVC
ILS RWY 10L in use
Landing and Departing RWYs 10L and 10R
CLEARANCE
Boeing 33, cleared to Portland International Airport via the MOSES ____
Departure, as filed. Maintain 14,000. Contact Moses Lake Departure
Control frequency ____, squawk 1147.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-5.3
4-5.4
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
15
20
30
40
10
KMWH (Day)
0
20
GPWS
T/O W/
X-WIND
ENGINES RUNNING
- HOLD SHORT OF
RWY 32R
PACK TRIP OFF
30
40
1:00
TIME
F/S AND T/O
50
10
F/S
20
30
M/A
40
M/A
2:00
KSEA (Day)
50
AFTER
LANDING
SHUT
DOWN
VISUAL PATTERN
RUNAWAY STAB
ILS 34R W/
WINDSHEAR ON FINAL
WINDSHEAR TRNG
WINDSHEAR #1
WINDSHEAR #2
ILS 34R W/
WINDSHEAR ON FINAL
RNAV (GPS) 34R
LOSS OF SYSTEM A
SPEED BRAKE DO NOT ARM
HIGH ALT STALLS CABIN ALT WARN
EMERGENCY DESCENT
REPOSITION FL 380
ILS RWY 34R
Lesson 5
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile (A)
Full Flight Simulator
PROFILE A
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
15
20
30
40
10
KMWH (Day)
0
T/O W/
X-WIND
GPWS
20
BLEED TRIP OFF
ENGINES RUNNING
- HOLD SHORT OF
RWY 32R
REPOSITION
FL 380
30
HIGH ALT STALLS
40
1:00
TIME
F/S AND T/O
50
10
F/S
20
30
M/A
40
M/A
2:00
KSEA (Day)
50
AFTER
LANDING
SHUT
DOWN
VISUAL PATTERN
RUNAWAY STAB
ILS 34R W/
WINDSHEAR ON FINAL
ILS 34R W/
WINDSHEAR ON FINAL
WINDSHEAR #2
WINDSHEAR #1
WINDSHEAR TRNG
RNAV (GPS) 34R
LOSS OF SYSTEM B
SPEED BRAKE DO NOT ARM
ILS 34R
CABIN ALT WARN
EMERGENCY DESCENT
Full Flight Simulator
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile (B)
Lesson 5
PROFILE B
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-5.5
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
Lesson Plan
LESSON PLAN
Note: Begin lesson with engines running, holding
short of RWY 32R. Do not taxi.
PREFLIGHT
1. CDU Preflight Procedure
OM 11.40, NP.21
BEFORE START
Note: Provide crew with their ATC Clearance, and
have them begin the TAKEOFF briefing after
the flight deck door has been closed.
2. Accomplish the TAKEOFF Briefing
ENGINE START
3. Fast start accomplished by instructor
4. Before Taxi Procedure
• BEFORE TAXI Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
TAXI
Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff.
5. Before Takeoff Procedure
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
6. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Note: “Boeing 33, runway 32 Right, line up and wait.”
Note: Provide Takeoff Clearance followed by
instructions to maintain 3,000 feet to facilitate a
terrain GPWS event.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-5.6
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 5
REFERENCE
TAKEOFF
7. Takeoff Procedure
QRH MAN 2;
FCTM Ch 3; OM NP.21
• Crosswind
CLIMB
Note: “Boeing 33, maintain 3,000 for traffic. Contact
Departure.”
8. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
Note: “Boeing 33, turn left heading _____ (NW),
vector for traffic.”
9. GPWS (terrain avoidance)
QRH MAN.1;
FCTM Ch 7
Note: After terrain avoidance maneuvering is
compete, “Boeing 33, cleared on course. Climb
and maintain FL380. Contact Seattle Center,
XXX.XX.”
Note: Above 18,000 feet:
• Multiple CRM issues (Situational
Awareness, Decision Making and Workload
Management priorities, Communications
inside and outside the flight deck)
• Profile 5A only:
Activate PACK TRIP OFF or PACK
Non-Normal
• Profile 5B only:
Activate BLEED TRIP OFF Non-Normal
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-5.7
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
10. Select per profile below:
• Profile 5A only:
PACK TRIP OFF (or PACK)
– PACK TRIP OFF or PACK Checklist
• Profile 5B only:
BLEED TRIP OFF
– BLEED TRIP OFF Checklist
Note: Ensure Non-Normal resets before reposition.
Note: Reposition to cruise altitude of FL380 in
preparation for high altitude stall recovery
training.
CRUISE
11. High Altitude Maneuvering and Approach to
Stall Recognition and Recovery
FCTM Ch 7
Note: Activate the loss of cabin pressure malfunction
on the IOS panel with the cabin uncontrollable.
12. CABIN ALTITUDE WARNING or Rapid
Depressurization
• Flight deck indications
• Memory items
• CABIN ALTITUDE WARNING or Rapid
Depressurization Checklist
QRH NNC 2;
FCTM Ch 8
QRH NNC 2
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making and Workload Management
priorities, Communications inside and outside
the flight deck).
DESCENT
Note: MEA may initially be above 10,000 feet. Clear
crew to an appropriate altitude for the
emergency descent, and provide vectors
towards Seattle. Clear crew to lower altitudes,
when able.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-5.8
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 5
REFERENCE
Note: Use the Non-Precision weather preset on the
IOS panel for Seattle with wind 280 at 14,
altimeter 29.87.
13. EMERGENCY DESCENT
QRH NNC 2;
FCTM Ch 7
• Memory Items
• Use of autopilot
• Emergency descent to lowest safe altitude
or 10,000 feet, which ever is higher
• EMERGENCY DESCENT Checklist
14. Diversion to KSEA
Note: “Boeing 33, cleared direct CIDUG. Expect the
ILS Runway 34 Right Approach to Seattle.”
Note: “Boeing 33, Seattle ATIS _____ current. Wind
280 at 14, altimeter 29.87. ILS Runways 34
Center and 34 Right in use.”
Note: “Boeing 33, cleared direct CIDUG, expect
vectors for the ILS 34 Right Approach to
Seattle. Seattle altimeter 29.87.”
15. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
16. Prepare for approach to KSEA
• ILS RWY 34R in use
• FMC Entries
– Change destination airport
17. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 30 landing
• Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing
• DESCENT Checklist
OM 11.43
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 5
QRH NC 3
Note: Crew should discuss landing weight
considerations.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-5.9
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
APPROACH and LANDING
18. APPROACH Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• APPROACH Checklist
19. SPEED BRAKE DO NOT ARM
• SPEED BRAKE DO NOT ARM Checklist
20. ILS RWY 34R Approach
• Manual Approach with FD
21. LANDING Procedure
• LANDING Checklist
• Manual landing
QRH NC 3
QRH NNC 9
QRH MAN 2;
FCTM Ch 5
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 6
AFTER LANDING
22. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
Note: Clear all malfunctions after landing.
Note: Reposition to takeoff position RWY 34R and
reconfigure for takeoff before starting the
Before Takeoff Procedure.
Note: Set lower zero fuel weight (103,000 lbs or
46,818 kgs) to prevent an overweight landing
after divert.
23. Before Takeoff Procedure
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
24. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Note: “Boeing 33, after takeoff, maintain runway
heading. Climb and maintain 5,000 feet.
Expect direct CIDUG for the RNAV RWY 34
Right Approach to Seattle.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-5.10
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 5
REFERENCE
TAKEOFF – RWY 34R
25. Takeoff Procedure
OM NP.21
CLIMB
26. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
Note: Profile 5A only:
When level at 5,000 ft., activate LOSS OF
SYSTEM A malfunction.
Note: Profile 5B only:
Activate LOSS OF SYSTEM B malfunction to
occur after V1.
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making and Workload Management
priorities, Communications inside and outside
the flight deck).
27. Select per profile below:
• Profile 5A only:
LOSS OF SYSTEM A
– LOSS OF SYSTEM A Checklist
- Deferred Items
• Profile 5B only:
LOSS OF SYSTEM B
– LOSS OF SYSTEM B Checklist
- Deferred Items
QRH NNC 13; FCTM Ch 8
QRH NNC 13; FCTM Ch 8
Note: Provide vectors for the approach to runway
34R.
DESCENT
28. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
29. Prepare for approach into KSEA
• RNAV (GPS) RWY 34R in use
• FMC Entries
OM SP.4
OM 11.43
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-5.11
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5
Full Flight Simulator
30. DESCENT Checklist - Deferred Item from the
Non-Normal Checklist
• APPROACH REF page
REFERENCE
QRH NC.3
APPROACH and LANDING
31. APPROACH Checklist - Deferred Item from the
Non-Normal Checklist
32. Non-ILS Approach –RNAV (GPS) RWY 34R
Approach
FCTM Ch 5;
OM SP.4, NP.21
• Autopilot or Manual Approach with FD
33. LANDING Checklist - Deferred Item from the
Non-Normal Checklist
• Manual landing
OM NP.21.70
AFTER LANDING
34. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
Note: Clear all malfunctions.
Note: Reset aircraft and reposition for takeoff,
RWY 34R for Windshear Training.
Note: Weather conditions now conducive to
windshear; Flaps 5 takeoff.
Note: Retain FMC data for multiple takeoffs.
35. Before Takeoff Procedure
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
Note: “Boeing 33, runway 34 Right, cleared for
takeoff.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-5.12
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 5
REFERENCE
WINDSHEAR TRAINING – BEGIN
36. Windshear Scenario 1: Near VR
QRH MAN 1;
FCTM Ch 7;
OM 15.10, OM 20
• Airspeed stagnates near V1, so when should
pilot rotate (prior to 2,000 ft remaining)
Note: When crew is recovered from the windshear
and climbing, flight freeze and reposition
aircraft for takeoff RWY 34R.
37. Windshear Scenario 2: After Takeoff
QRH MAN 1;
FCTM Ch 7;
OM 15.10, OM 20
• Activate on initial climb
Note: When the crew has recovered from the
windshear, provide a clearance and vectors for
the ILS RWY 34R Approach.
APPROACH and LANDING
38. APPROACH Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• APPROACH Checklist
39. ILS RWY 34R Approach
• Dual-channel, Autopilot ILS Approach
with FD
40. LANDING Procedure
• LANDING Checklist
QRH NC 3
QRH MAN 2;
FCTM Ch 5
OM NP.21
QRH NC 3
Note: Conduct both Windshear Scenarios 3 and 4 to
a Missed Approach.
41. Windshear Scenario 3: on Final Approach
QRH MAN 1;
FCTM Ch 7;
OM 15.10, OM 20
• Windshear at 1,200 ft — OR —
Windshear at 300 ft
• Escape maneuver - autopilot demonstration
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-5.13
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
MISSED APPROACH
42. Missed Approach Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 5
Note: After crew has accomplished the Missed
Approach, consider 2X speed during
downwind.
43. ILS Approach – ILS RWY 34R Approach
• Manual, FD, ILS Approach
44. LANDING Procedure
• LANDING Checklist
QRH NNC 7, MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 3
OM NP.21
QRH NC 3
45. Repeat Windshear Scenario 3 on Final
Approach
QRH MAN 1;
FCTM Ch 7;
OM 15.10, OM 20
• Windshear at 1,200 ft — OR —
Windshear at 300 ft
• Escape maneuver – manually flown
MISSED APPROACH
46. Missed Approach Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 5
WINDSHEAR TRAINING – END
Note: After the Missed Approach, increase weather
to CAVOK and provide appropriate vectors to
fly a visual pattern.
CLIMB
47. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-5.14
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 5
REFERENCE
Note: Activate a Runaway Stabilizer (Autopilot Only)
malfunction. Crew should be able to complete
the approach using manual pitch control and
the main electric trim.
48. Runaway Stabilizer
• Runaway Stabilizer Checklist
– Deferred Items
QRH NNC 9
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making and Workload Management
priorities, Communications inside and outside
the flight deck).
DESCENT
49. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
50. Prepare for approach into KSEA
• Visual Approach RWY 34R in use
• FMC Entries
OM SP.10
OM 11.43
51. DESCENT Checklist - Deferred Item from the
Runaway Stabilizer Checklist
• APPROACH REF page
APPROACH and LANDING
52. APPROACH Checklist - Deferred Item from the
Runaway Stabilizer Checklist
53. Visual Approach - RWY 34R
• Manual Approach
OM SP.10
QRH MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 5
Note: Opportunity to demonstrate technique-only ILS
tune with FD assistance
54. LANDING Checklist - Deferred Item from the
Runaway Stabilizer Checklist
• Manual Landing
FCTM Ch 6
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-5.15
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
AFTER LANDING
55. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
56. After Landing Procedure
SHUTDOWN / SECURE
Note: Profile 5B only:
Accomplish the SHUTDOWN and SECURE
Procedure and Checklist if time allows.
57. SHUTDOWN Procedure and Checklist
QRH NC 3;
OM NP.21
58. SECURE Procedure and Checklist
QRH NC 4;
OM NP.21
Note: Reposition to hold short position RWY 32R at
KMWH.
BREAK: 15 minutes
Switch flying pilot and repeat profile.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-5.16
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 5
Debrief
DEBRIEF
Student Evaluation of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their
debriefing of session events:
• How did the session go?
• What are the crews’ general impressions?
• Was there anything the crew should or could have done
differently that would have resulted in a better outcome?
• Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the
crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed?
• What can the crew do next time to improve?
• What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and
continue in the future?
Instructor Debrief of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM
and task performance be conducted as much as possible during
the training session.
Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should
review.
Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of
responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support
and enhance CRM.
Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human
factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient
communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from
power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all
resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all
crew members.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-5.17
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 5
Full Flight Simulator
Summary of Next Lesson
• Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure,
Approach, System, etc.)
• Provide references for information that students should review
Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and
concerns to discuss during the next briefing session.
Questions
Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students:
• Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now?
• Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned
in previous lessons?
• Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused
about?
• Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is:
– In conflict with your understanding?
– In conflict with what you have read?
• At this point in your training – does everything seem clear
to you?
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-5.18
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 6
4-6 FFS Lesson 6
DURATION
• Total scheduled time = 4:00 hours
• Scheduled time for each profile = 1:50 to 1:55 hours
• Break = 0:15 hours
LESSON SUMMARY
This lesson has one, repeated flight profile, beginning and ending at
Moses Lake International Airport (KMWH) as a local flight. The crew
performs Normal and selected Non-Normal Procedures, systems
management, airplane control, and navigation. Emphases are on full,
Non-ILS Approaches with holding, procedure turns or arcs, and circling.
Introductory Topics:
• Unreliable airspeed
LESSON OBJECTIVES
• Improve skill level at performing previous flight activities
• Integrate information and systems management tasks during Normal
and Non-Normal Procedures, including unreliable airspeed
• Perform Normal and selected Non-Normal Procedures and
Checklists using effective CRM Attributes
• Perform full, Non-ILS Approaches:
– Circle-to-land
– Procedure arc
– Procedure turn
ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY
• Proficiency in properly identifying and deciding to reject the takeoff
maneuver.
• Proficiency in performing the rejected takeoff procedure.
• Proficiency in performing an approach with an active Airspeed
Unreliable non-normal scenario.
• Proficiency in performing a non-ILS approach.
• Proficiency in performing circle-to-land procedures.
• Proficiency in performing an engine inoperative manual approach.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-6.1
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 6
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson Data
LESSON DATA
ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KMWH-KMWH)
ORIGIN:
Moses Lake International Airport (KMWH)
RUNWAY:
32R
ROUTE:
MOSES _.MOSES Direct MWH
DEPARTURE:
MOSES ____
CRZ ALT.:
6,000 ft
ARRIVAL:
None
DESTINATION:
Moses Lake International Airport (KMWH)
FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33
PERFORMANCE
737-700
GW:
132,000 lbs
(60,000 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
22,000 lbs
(10,000 kgs) ISA DEV:
-9
ZFW:
110,000 lbs
(50,000 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO-1, CLB-1
RESERVES:
8,000 lbs
(3,636 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: 47C
CRZ ALT:
6,000 ft
FLAPS:
5
COST INDEX:
50
CG:
18.3%
737-800
GW:
147,500 lbs
(67,045 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
22,000 lbs
(10,000 kgs) ISA DEV:
-9
ZFW:
125,500 lbs
(57,045 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO-1, CLB-1
RESERVES:
8,000 lbs
(3,636 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: 57C
CRZ ALT:
6,000 ft
FLAPS:
5
COST INDEX:
50
CG:
18.3%
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-6.2
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 6
WEATHER (KMWH)
Note: Use the Non-Precision Weather preset (600 ft. ceiling and 2 miles
visibility) on the IOS panel with icing conditions to 15,000 feet.
WIND:
040/08G18
TEMPERATURE: 3C
VISIBILITY:
2
DEWPOINT:
-1C
ALTIMETER:
30.22
SKY COND: OVC006
ILS RWY 32R in use
Landing and Departing RWY 32R
CLEARANCE
Boeing 33, cleared to Moses Lake International Airport, via the MOSES
____ Departure, as filed. Climb and maintain 6000. Contact Moses Lake
Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1147.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-6.3
4-6.4
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
15
20
30
40
10
20
RTO
(LOW
SPEED)
REDUCED
THRUST T/O
W/ X-WIND
KMWH (Day)
0
30
F/S
ILS
RWY
32R
40
RWY 32R
W/ X-WIND
AIRSPEED
UNRELIABLE
ENGINES RUNNING
- HOLD SHORT OF
RWY 32R
50
1:00
TIME
10
SE F/S
4,000’
ENG
FAILURE
20
4,000’
30
M/A
40
F/S
2:00
KMWH (Day)
50
AFTER
LANDING
SHUT
DOWN
ENG INOP VISUAL
ILS 32R (MNL W/ FD)
W/ X-WIND
ILS RWY 32R
ENG INOP
W/ X-WIND
ENG FIRE
AFTER V1
ILS RWY 32R
(AP OR MNL APPROACH W/ FD)
ENG FAILURE
(MNL APPROACH)
ILS RWY 32R
INFLIGHT
ENG START
REJ
LDG-M/A
6,000’
DISPLAYS
CONTROL
PANEL
NON-ILS APPROACH
RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 22 (PT), CIRCLE 32R
Lesson 6
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile (A)
Full Flight Simulator
PROFILE A
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
15
20
30
40
10
20
RTO
(LOW
SPEED)
REDUCED
THRUST T/O
W/ X-WIND
KMWH (Day)
0
30
F/S
ILS
RWY
32R
40
RWY 32R
W/ X-WIND
AIRSPEED
UNRELIABLE
ENGINES RUNNING
- HOLD SHORT OF
RWY 32R
50
1:00
TIME
10
SE F/S
4,000’
ENG
FAILURE
20
4,000’
30
M/A
40
F/S
APU
FIRE
2:00
KMWH (Day)
50
EVAC
ENG INOP VISUAL
ILS 32R (MNL W/ FD)
W/ X-WIND
ILS RWY 32R
ENG INOP
W/ X-WIND
ENG FIRE
AFTER V1
ILS RWY 32R
(AP OR MNL APPROACH W/ FD)
ENG FAILURE
(MNL APPROACH)
ILS RWY 32R
INFLIGHT
ENG START
REJ
LDG-M/A
6,000’
DISPLAYS
CONTROL
PANEL
NON-ILS APPROACH
VOR-1 RWY 14L (ARC), CIRCLE 32R
Full Flight Simulator
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile (B)
Lesson 6
PROFILE B
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-6.5
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 6
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
Lesson Plan
LESSON PLAN
Note: Begin lesson with engines running, holding
short of runway 32R.
TAXI
1. Before Taxi Procedure
• BEFORE TAXI Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff.
2. Before Takeoff Procedure
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
3. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Note: “Boeing 33, runway 32 Right, cleared for
takeoff.”
Note: Activate a blocked pitot malfunction on the
captain’s side prior to takeoff so the captain’s
airspeed does not increase above 45 kts. The
captain should reject the takeoff.
TAKEOFF – RWY 32R
4. RTO
QRH MAN.1;
FCTM Ch 3
• Low speed
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making and Workload Management
priorities, Communications inside and outside
the flight deck).
Note: Clear the malfunction after the RTO is
completed.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-6.6
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 6
REFERENCE
Note: After the RTO, reposition for takeoff on
RWY 32R. Activate pitot blockage
malfunctions to occur during climb to cause
unreliable airspeed. Have the captain’s pitot
block at approximately 100 kts., and the first
officer’s pitot block at approximately 130 kts.
5. Takeoff Procedure
• Assumed Temperature — OR —
Reduced Thrust Takeoff
• Crosswind
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 3
CLIMB
6. AIRSPEED UNRELIABLE
PI-QRH.10; FCTM Ch 8;
QRH NCC 10
• Memory Items
• AIRSPEED UNRELIABLE Checklist
Note: Discuss the need for effective Situational
Awareness, Decision Making and Workload
Management priorities during the AIRSPEED
UNRELIABLE Non-Normal.
7. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
DESCENT
Note: Provide vectors for the ILS RWY 32R
Approach.
8. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
9. Prepare for approach into KMWH
• ILS RWY 32R Approach in use
• FMC Entries
10. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Appropriate flaps setting for landing
• Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing
• DESCENT Checklist
OM 11.43
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 5
QRH NC.3
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-6.7
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 6
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
APPROACH and LANDING
11. Approach Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• APPROACH Checklist
12. ILS RWY 32R
• Manual or Autopilot Approach with FD
13. LANDING Procedure
• LANDING Checklist
• Manual Landing
QRH NC 3
QRH MAN 2;
FCTM Ch 5
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 6
AFTER LANDING
14. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21.82
Note: Clear all malfunctions after landing.
Note: Reposition to takeoff position RWY 32R and
reconfigure for takeoff before starting the
Before Takeoff Procedure.
Note: Set weather to 800 ft. and 4 miles to
accommodate a circling approach. Set the
surface wind to be from 360 at 12 gusting to
20 kts.
Note: Instruct crew to maintain runway heading after
takeoff, and climb to 6,000 ft.
15. Before Takeoff Procedure
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
Note: “Boeing 33, runway 32 Right, cleared for
takeoff.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-6.8
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 6
REFERENCE
TAKEOFF – RWY 32R
Note: Activate a DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL (the
EFIS Control Panel malfunction on the IOS)
Non-Normal to occur above V1.
16. Takeoff Procedure
• Crosswind
OM NP.21
QRH MAN 2
CLIMB
17. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
18. DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL Non-Normal
• DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL Checklist
QRH NNC 10
Note: Profile 6A only:
“Boeing 33, cleared direct MALEE. Maintain
6,000. Expect the RNAV Yankee Runway 22
Approach to Moses Lake, circle-to-land runway
32 Right.”
Note: Profile 6B only:
Provide appropriate vectors to the arc IAF
located at 10 DME at EPH radial 223 degrees
for the VOR-1 RWY 14L Approach circle to
RWY 32R.
DESCENT
19. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
Note: Clear the DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL
Non-Normal once established on the approach
with the Non-Normal Checklist complete.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-6.9
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 6
Full Flight Simulator
20. Prepare for approach into KMWH
• Profile 6A only:
RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 22, circle-to-land
RWY 32R
• Profile 6B only:
VOR-1 RWY 14L, circle-to-land RWY 32R
• FMC Entries
REFERENCE
OM SP.4
OM SP.4
OM 11.43
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making, Workload Management
priorities and Communications).
Note: It is suggested to increase the intensity of the
runway lights to increase the runway visibility
during circling.
21. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 30 landing
• Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing
• DESCENT Checklist
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 5
QRH NC 3
Note: Profile 6A only:
“Boeing 33, cleared RNAV Yankee Runway 22
Approach. Maintain 6,000 until established.
Contact Tower MALEE inbound.”
Note: Profile 6B only:
“Boeing 33, cleared VOR-1 Runway 14 Left
Approach. Maintain 6,000 until established.
Contact Tower at Ephrata (EPH).”
APPROACH and LANDING
22. APPROACH Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• APPROACH Checklist
QRH NC 3
Note: Have crew report the airport in site on final
approach to the approach runway, then clear
them to circle for RWY 32R (circle SW). Keep
the winds at 040/8G18.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-6.10
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 6
23. Non-ILS Approach – RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 22 or
VOR-1 RWY 14L
REFERENCE
QRH MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 5
• Autopilot or Manual Approach
24. LANDING Procedure
• LANDING Checklist
OM NP.21
25. REJECTED LANDING
FCTM Ch 6
QRH NC 3
MISSED APPROACH
Note: “Boeing 33, fly the published Missed
Approach.”
26. Missed Approach Procedure
OM NP.21
Note: Activate an engine failure at 500 feet AGL.
CLIMB
27. Engine Failure or Shutdown
QRH MAN 2;
FCTM Ch 7
• Engine Failure or Shutdown Checklist
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making and Workload Management
priorities, Communications inside and outside
the flight deck).
28. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
Note: Clear all malfunctions, then have the crew
accomplish an in-flight engine start.
29. Engine In-Flight Start
• Engine In-Flight Start Checklist
QRH NNC 7
Note: Provide vectors when appropriate, based on
the crew’s ability to accomplish the in-flight
start and to prepare for the approach.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-6.11
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 6
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
DESCENT
30. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
31. Prepare for approach into KMWH
• ILS RWY 32R Approach in use
• FMC Entries
32. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Appropriate flaps setting for landing
• Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing.
• DESCENT Checklist.
OM 11.43
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 5
QRH NC 3
APPROACH and LANDING
33. Approach Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• APPROACH Checklist
34. ILS RWY 32R
• Engine-Inop, Autopilot or Manual Approach
with FD
35. ENGINE FAILURE or SHUTDOWN
QRH NC 3
QRH NNC 7, MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 3
QRH MAN 2;
FCTM Ch 7
Note: Activate an engine failure to occur at 600 feet
AGL on final approach.
36. LANDING Procedure
• LANDING Checklist
• Engine-Inop, Manual Landing
OM NP.21
QRH NC 3
FCTM Ch 6
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making and Workload Management
priorities, Communications inside and outside
the flight deck, if necessary).
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-6.12
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 6
REFERENCE
AFTER LANDING
37. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
Note: Clear all malfunctions.
Note: Reposition to takeoff position RWY 32R and
reconfigure for takeoff before starting the
Before Takeoff Procedure.
38. Before Takeoff Procedure
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
Note: “Boeing 33, runway 32 Right, cleared for
takeoff.”
TAKEOFF – RWY 32R
Note: Instruct crew to maintain runway heading, and
climb to 4,000 ft. Tell crew to expect vectors for
the ILS RWY 32R Approach.
Note: Arm an engine fire to occur above V1 during
takeoff:
• Profile 6A:
1 bottle to extinguish the fire
• Profile 6B:
2 bottles to extinguish the fire
39. Takeoff Procedure
• Crosswind
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 3
Note: Activate an engine turbine failure (as a result of
the fire) to occur at 600 feet AGL, followed by
an engine seizure.
CLIMB
40. ENGINE FIRE
• Memory Items
• ENGINE FIRE or Engine Severe Damage
Checklist
QRH NNC 8
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-6.13
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 6
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making and Workload Management
priorities, Communications inside and outside
the flight deck).
41. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
DESCENT
Note: Change weather setting to zero-zero to force a
missed approach from the ILS.
Note: Provide vectors for the ILS RWY 32R
Approach to Moses Lake.
42. One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• Deferred Items
43. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
44. Prepare for approach into KMWH
• ILS RWY 32R Approach in use
• FMC Entries
OM 11.43
45. DESCENT Checklist – Deferred Item from the
One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 15 landing
APPROACH and LANDING
46. APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from the
One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
47. ILS RWY 32R
• Engine-Inop, Manual Approach with FD
QRH NNC 7, MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 3
48. LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from the
One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-6.14
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 6
REFERENCE
MISSED APPROACH
49. Missed Approach Procedure
QRH MAN 2; OM NP.21;
FCTM Ch 5
• Engine-Inop
Note: “Boeing 33, fly runway heading. Climb and
maintain 4,000.”
CLIMB
50. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
Note: After the Missed Approach, change weather to
CAVOK, and provide initial vectors for the
visual approach, RWY 32R.
Note: “Boeing 33, expect a visual approach to
runway 32R at Moses Lake. Maintain 4,000.”
DESCENT
51. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
52. Prepare for approach to KMWH
• Visual Approach RWY 32R in use
• FMC Entries
OM 11.43
53. DESCENT Checklist – Deferred Item from the
One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 15 landing
APPROACH and LANDING
54. APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from the
One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
Note: Profile 6B only:
Activate a non-extinguishable APU fire to occur
on short final approach.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-6.15
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 6
Full Flight Simulator
55. Visual RWY 32R Approach
• Engine-Inop, Manual Approach with FD
56. LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from the
One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• Engine-Inop, Manual Landing
57. Profile 6B only:
APU FIRE
• APU FIRE Checklist
REFERENCE
QRH NNC 7, MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 3
QRH NNC 7, MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 3
QRH NNC 8
AFTER LANDING
58. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
59. Profile 6A only:
After Landing Procedure
60. Profile 6B only:
Evacuation
• Evacuation Checklist
QRH BACK COVER
FCTM Ch 8
Note: Discuss the need for effective Decision Making
and Communications inside and outside the
flight deck.
Note: When clear of the runway after landing and the
After Landing Procedure is complete, clear all
malfunctions and reposition aircraft to hold
short position for next profile.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-6.16
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 6
REFERENCE
SHUTDOWN / SECURE
Note: Profile 6A only:
Accomplish SHUTDOWN and SECURE on the
first profile only, if time allows.
61. SHUTDOWN Procedure and Checklist
(accomplish after the second profile only)
62. SECURE Procedure and Checklist
(accomplish after the second profile only)
QRH NC 3;
OM NP.21
QRH NC 4;
OM NP.21
BREAK: 15 minutes
Switch flying pilot and repeat profile.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-6.17
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 6
Full Flight Simulator
Debrief
DEBRIEF
Student Evaluation of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their
debriefing of session events:
• How did the session go?
• What are the crews’ general impressions?
• Was there anything the crew should or could have done
differently that would have resulted in a better outcome?
• Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the
crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed?
• What can the crew do next time to improve?
• What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and
continue in the future?
Instructor Debrief of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM
and task performance be conducted as much as possible during
the training session.
Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should
review.
Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of
responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support
and enhance CRM.
Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human
factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient
communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from
power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all
resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all
crew members.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-6.18
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 6
Summary of Next Lesson
• Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure,
Approach, System, etc.)
• Provide references for information that students should review
Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and
concerns to discuss during the next briefing session.
Questions
Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students:
• Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now?
• Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned
in previous lessons?
• Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused
about?
• Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is:
– In conflict with your understanding?
– In conflict with what you have read?
• At this point in your training – does everything seem clear
to you?
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-6.19
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 6
Full Flight Simulator
Intentionally
Blank
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-6.20
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7
4-7 FFS Lesson 7
DURATION
• Total scheduled time = 4:00 hours
• Scheduled time for each profile = 1:50 to 1:55 hours
• Break = 0:15 hours
LESSON SUMMARY
This lesson contains two, LOFT flight profiles. Profile 7A begins at Las
Vegas McCarran International Airport (KLAS) at dusk with an extremely
hot outside air temperature, and ends at San Francisco International
Airport (KSFO). Profile 7B begins at San Francisco International Airport
(KSFO) at night and ends at Las Vegas McCarran International Airport
(KLAS) with an extremely hot outside air temperature. The crew performs
Normal and selected Non-Normal Procedures, systems management,
airplane control, and navigation using the FMC and autoflight systems.
Emphases are on hot weather performance considerations, and line
operations with selected non-normal events.
Introductory Topics:
• Hot weather performance considerations
• Bleeds-off takeoff
LESSON OBJECTIVES
• Improve skill level at performing previous flight activities
• Demonstrate integration of information and systems management
tasks during Normal and Non-Normal Procedures
• Perform Normal and selected Non-Normal Procedures and
Checklists, while applying effective CRM Attributes in a real-time
operational environment
• Perform continuous airplane control and navigating using the FMC
and autoflight system to the required level of proficiency
• Perform takeoff and landing procedures to the required level of
proficiency
ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY
Proficiency in performing a visual approach.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-7.1
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7A
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson Data (A)
LESSON DATA (PROFILE A)
ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KLAS-KSFO)
ORIGIN:
Las Vegas McCarran International Airport (KLAS)
RUNWAY:
19L
ROUTE:
SHEAD__.OAL MODESTO__ Arrival
DEPARTURE:
SHEAD ____, COALDALE (OAL) Transition
CRZ ALT.:
FL340
ARRIVAL:
COALDALE.MODESTO ____
DESTINATION:
San Francisco International Airport (KSFO)
FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33
PERFORMANCE
737-700
GW:
135,000 lbs
(60,456 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
22,000 lbs
(9,091 kgs) ISA DEV:
+27
ZFW:
113,000 lbs
(51,364 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO, CLB
RESERVES:
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: 42C
CRZ ALT:
FL340
FLAPS:
1
COST INDEX:
40
CG:
19.7%
737-800
GW:
157,500 lbs
(70,682 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
22,000 lbs
(9,091 kgs) ISA DEV:
+27
ZFW:
135,500 lbs
(61,591 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO, CLB
RESERVES:
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: 48C
CRZ ALT:
FL340
FLAPS:
1
COST INDEX:
40
CG:
19.7%
Note: Use gate A19 at KLAS.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-7.2
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7A
WEATHER (KLAS)
Note: Use the CAVOK preset on the IOS panel, and have the flight
originate at dusk.
WIND:
210/17
TEMPERATURE: 38C
VISIBILITY:
10
DEWPOINT:
20C
ALTIMETER:
29.82
SKY COND: Clear
Landing RWY 19R
Departing RWY 19L
WEATHER (KSFO)
WIND:
320/07
TEMPERATURE: 12C
VISIBILITY:
10
DEWPOINT:
9C
SKY COND: SCT021, BKN120
ALTIMETER:
29.89
ILS RWY 28R in use
Landing and Departing RWY 28L and 28R
CLEARANCE
Boeing 33, cleared to San Francisco International Airport via the SHEAD
____ Departure, COALDALE (OAL) Transition, as filed. Maintain FL210,
expect FL340 one zero minutes after departure. Contact McCarran
Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1132.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-7.3
4-7.4
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
15
10
KLAS (Dusk)
0
20
TAXI
PUSHBACK
NORMAL
START
(HOT WX)
30
TAKEOFF
(FLAPS 1
NO ENGINE
BLEEDS)
ELECTRICAL
POWER UP
20 (GND PWR/APU AVAIL)
30
40
40
FL 340
50
SMOKE, FIRE
OR FUMES
1:00
TIME
10
20
4,100’
7,000’
ILS RWY 28R
APPROACH
SMOKE, FIRE
OR FUMES (REMOVAL)
30
40
F/S
KSFO (Dusk)
50
2:00
SHUT
DOWN
IRS FULL
ALIGN
TAXI
TO GATE
ILS RWY 28R
Lesson 7A
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile (A)
Full Flight Simulator
PROFILE A
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7A
REFERENCE
Lesson Plan (A)
LESSON PLAN (PROFILE A)
PREFLIGHT
Note: If there is any remaining time in the session
and at the instructor’s discretion, accomplish
any outstanding training items.
Note: Lesson completion requires that crew
accomplish Normal Procedures through the
Before Taxi Procedure in 30 minutes or less.
Note: Airplane is parked at A-19 in KLAS.
1. Preliminary Preflight Procedure
• Ground Power and APU available for AC
power
OM 11.40, NP.21
2. CDU Preflight Procedure
OM 11.40, NP.21
Note: Ensure crew does not use Assumed
Temperature Thrust Reductions for this
takeoff.
3. Preflight Procedure – Captain and First Officer
• PREFLIGHT Checklist
QRH NC 1
4. Obtain ATC Clearance
BEFORE START
Note: Crew should obtain clearance from Ground
personnel to pressurize hydraulics and to start
engines as part of the BEFORE START
Procedure.
5. Before Start Procedure
• TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefing
• BEFORE START Checklist
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 2
QRH NC 1
Note: “Boeing 33, cleared to push and start engines.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-7.5
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7A
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
Note: Crew should confirm with Ground personnel
that the steering lockout pin is in place for
Pushback (removed for taxi out).
ENGINE START
6. Engine Start Procedure
• Hot weather considerations
7. Before Taxi Procedure
• BEFORE TAXI Checklist
OM NP.21
OM SP.16.18
QRH NC 2
8. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi
TAXI
Note: “Boeing 33, runway 19 Left, taxi via Delta. Hold
short of runway 19 Left at Delta. Monitor Tower
holding short.”
Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff.
9. Before Takeoff Procedure
• No Engine Bleed Takeoff Supplementary
Procedure
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
10. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Note: Emphasis on Crew Communications to
accomplish Supplementary Procedures prior to
takeoff.
TAKEOFF
Note: “Boeing 33, runway 19 Left, cleared for
takeoff.”
11. Takeoff Procedure
QRH MAN 2;
FCTM Ch 3;
• Flaps 1 Takeoff
• No Engine Bleeds Takeoff
OM SP.2
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-7.6
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7A
REFERENCE
CLIMB
Note: At 400 feet AGL, “Boeing 33, contact
Departure.”
12. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
Note: Discuss the need for effective Workload
Management Attributes to re-establish the
engine bleed sources.
Note: “Boeing 33, Las Vegas Departure. Radar
contact. Climb via the SHEAD ____ Departure
and maintain FL240.”
Note: At the instructor’s discretion, add proximate
TCAS traffic (TA only). During the climb, this
setting on the IOS panel may result in an
unintended RA.
Note: “Boeing 33, cross SHEAD at or below 280 kts.”
Note: Above approximately 12,000 feet, “Boeing 33,
contact ______ Center, 1XX.XX.”
Note: After passing SHEAD, “Boeing 33, cleared
direct CLOVIS (CZQ). Cleared MODESTO
_____ ARRIVAL, CLOVIS Transition. Climb
and maintain FL340.”
CRUISE
Note: When level at cruise altitude, add proximate
TCAS traffic (TA only).
Note: When level at final cruise altitude, use 2x
speed until reaching LNNDA.
Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness,
Decision Making and Workload Management
priorities, Communications inside and outside
the flight deck).
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-7.7
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7A
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
Note: When within 50 nm of the TOD, provide a
scenario for the crew that involves smoke
billowing from the aft galley. The crew should
continue communicating with the cabin crew
until the source is determined and stopped. No
fire for this scenario, but passenger smoke
inhalation should be addressed as part of the
CRM discussions.
Note: Smoke is coming from the back Galley.
• Source of the smoke, fire or fumes is
obvious and can be extinguished quickly.
• Source is visually confirmed to be
extinguished and the smoke or fumes are
decreasing.
13. Smoke, Fire, or Fumes
• Smoke, Fire, or Fumes Checklist
QRH NNC 8
Note: Smoke or fumes are controllable.
14. Smoke or Fumes Removal
• Smoke or Fumes Removal Checklist
Note: “Boeing 33, ILS 28R in use at San Francisco.
Information ___ current. Wind 320 at 7, skies
2000 overcast, visibility 10. Altimeter 29.89.
ILS runways 28 Left and 28 Right in use.”
Note: “Boeing 33, descend and maintain FL240.”
Note: Provide descent clearances and expedited
handling, as needed or as requested by the
crew. After crossing MOD, clear crew to
descend to 11,000 ft. until crossing CEDES,
then descend to 4,100 ft. until MEHTA (IAF).
Note: Descending below 12,500 feet, “Boeing 33,
contact NORCAL Approach, 1XX.XX.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-7.8
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7A
REFERENCE
DESCENT
Note: After engine start, “Boeing 33, cross CEDES at
11,000. Expect the ILS RWY 28 Right
Approach to San Francisco.”
15. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
16. Prepare for approach into KSFO
• ILS RWY 28L and 28R in use
• FMC Entries
17. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 30 landing
• Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing.
• DESCENT Checklist.
OM 11.43
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 5
QRH NC 3
Note: After CEDES, clear crew direct to DUMBA and
for the ILS RWY 28R Approach.
APPROACH and LANDING
18. Approach Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• APPROACH Checklist
19. ILS Approach - ILS RWY 28R Approach
• Dual-channel or Single-channel Autopilot
Approach with FD
20. LANDING Procedure
QRH NC 3
QRH MAN.2;
OM 4.20
OM NP.21;
FCTM Ch 6
• LANDING Checklist
• Autoland or Manual Landing
FCTM Ch 6
AFTER LANDING
21. Landing Roll Procedure (exit runway to the left)
OM NP.21
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-7.9
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7A
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
Note: Have crew exit the runway to the left and cross
RWY 28L, then to contact Ground Control.
Clear crew to taxi via Alpha, Delta to gate F77.
22. After Landing Procedure
OM NP.21
Note: If there is any remaining time in the session
and at the instructor’s discretion, accomplish
any outstanding training items.
SHUTDOWN / SECURE
23. SHUTDOWN Procedure and Checklist
OM NP.21;
QRH NNC 7
Note: As an IRS Fast Realignment is not a typical line
operation, a full IRS alignment is included.
24. IRS Full Alignment
OM NP.21
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-7.10
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7B
Lesson Data (B)
LESSON DATA (PROFILE B)
ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KSFO-KLAS)
ORIGIN:
San Francisco International Airport (KSFO)
RUNWAY:
28R
ROUTE:
SFO__.SFO ECA FRA BTY.FUZZY__
DEPARTURE:
SAN FRANCISCO ____ Departure
CRZ ALT.:
FL330
ARRIVAL:
BEATTY Transition (BTY), FUZZY ____ Arrival
DESTINATION:
Las Vegas McCarran International Airport (KLAS)
FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33
PERFORMANCE
737-700
GW:
135,000 lbs
(60,455 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
22,000 lbs
(9,091 kgs) ISA DEV:
-3
ZFW:
113,000 lbs
(51,364 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO-1, CLB
RESERVES:
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: 49C
CRZ ALT:
FL330
FLAPS:
5
COST INDEX:
40
CG:
19.7%
737-800
GW:
157,500 lbs
(70,682 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
22,000 lbs
(9,091 kgs) ISA DEV:
-3
ZFW:
135,500 lbs
(61,591 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO-1, CLB
RESERVES:
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: 54C
CRZ ALT:
FL330
FLAPS:
5
COST INDEX:
40
CG:
19.7%
Note: Use gate F77 at KSFO.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-7.11
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7B
Full Flight Simulator
WEATHER (KSFO) – NIGHT FLIGHT
Note: Set the conditions below at night on the IOS panel.
WIND:
320/07
TEMPERATURE: 12C
VISIBILITY:
10
DEWPOINT:
9C
SKY COND: OVC020, tops 060
ALTIMETER:
29.89
ILS RWY 28R in use
Landing RWY 28L and 28R
Departing RWY 01L
WEATHER (KLAS) – NIGHT FLIGHT
Note: Set the conditions below at night on the IOS panel.
WIND:
210/17
TEMPERATURE: 38C
VISIBILITY:
10
DEWPOINT:
20C
ALTIMETER:
29.82
SKY COND: Clear
ILS RWY 25L in use
Landing and Departing RWY 25L and 25R
CLEARANCE
Boeing 33, cleared to Las Vegas McCarran International Airport via the
SAN FRANCISCO ____ Departure, MANTECA, as filed. Maintain
14,000, expect FL330 one zero minutes after departure. Squawk 1137.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-7.12
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
15
10
KSFO (Night)
0
20
TAXI
30
40
FL 330
50
1:00
TIME
10
8,000’
FL 160
20
4,100’
30
40
F/S
2:00
SHUT
DOWN
KLAS (Night)
50
TAXI
TO GATE
VISUAL RWY 25L OR 25R
ILS/VISUAL RWY 25L and 25R
APPROACH
ROUTE OFFSET
LOSS OF BOTH ENG
DRIVEN GENERATORS
T-STORM, LTNG,
AND TURBULENCE
TAKEOFF
(FLAPS 5)
PUSHBACK
NORMAL
START
ELECTRICAL
POWER UP
20
(GND PWR/APU AVAIL)
30
40
Full Flight Simulator
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile (B)
Lesson 7B
PROFILE B
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-7.13
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7B
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
Lesson Plan (B)
LESSON PLAN (PROFILE B)
PREFLIGHT
Note: If there is any remaining time in the session
and at the instructor’s discretion, accomplish
any outstanding training items.
Note: Lesson completion requires that crew
accomplish Normal Procedures through the
Before Taxi Procedure in 30 minutes or less.
1. Preliminary Preflight Procedure
• Ground Power and APU available for AC
power
OM 11.40, NP.21
2. CDU Preflight Procedure
• Assumed Temperature — OR —
Reduced Thrust Takeoff
OM 11.40, NP.21
3. Preflight Procedure –Captain and First Officer
• PREFLIGHT Checklist
OM SP.7
QRH NC 1
4. Obtain ATC Clearance
BEFORE START
Note: Crew should obtain clearance from Ground
personnel to pressurize hydraulics and to start
engines as part of the BEFORE START
Procedure.
5. Before Start Procedure
• TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefing
• BEFORE START Checklist
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 2
QRH NC 1
Note: “Boeing 33, cleared to push and start engines.”
Note: Crew should confirm with Ground personnel
that the steering lockout pin is in place for
Pushback (removed for taxi out).
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-7.14
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7B
REFERENCE
ENGINE START
6. Engine Start Procedure
• Start Non-Normal
– Appropriate Checklist
• Normal Start Procedures
OM NP.21
7. Before Taxi Procedure
• BEFORE TAXI Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NNC 7
QRH NC 2
8. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi
TAXI
Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff.
Note: “Boeing 33, runway 1 Left, taxi via Alpha. Hold
short of runway 1 Left at Mike. Contact Tower
holding short.”
9. Before Takeoff Procedure
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
10. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Note: “Boeing 33, runway 1 Left, cleared for takeoff.”
TAKEOFF
11. Takeoff Procedure
QRH MAN 2; FCTM Ch 3;
OM NP.21.44, NP.21.56
• Flaps 5 Takeoff
CLIMB
Note: At 400 feet AGL, “Boeing 33, contact
Departure.”
12. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-7.15
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7B
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
Note: At the instructor’s discretion, add proximate
TCAS traffic (TA only). During the climb, this
setting on the IOS panel may result in an
unintended RA.
Note: After climbing through 9,000 feet, “Boeing 33,
cleared direct MANTECA (ECA), then as filed.
Climb and maintain FL240.”
Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL330.”
CRUISE
Note: When level at final cruise altitude, add
thunderstorm cells, lightening, and turbulence
along the route to facilitate CRM discussions
and a route offset request.
Note: “Boeing 33, ILS runways 25 Left and 25 Right
and Visual Approaches in use at Las Vegas.
Information ___ current.”
Note: Activate LOSS OF BOTH ENGINE DRIVEN
GENERATORS (have 1 generator able to be
reset during the checklist) after passing
through/in the vicinity of the thunderstorm
activity.
13. LOSS OF BOTH ENGINE DRIVEN
GENERATORS
• LOSS OF BOTH ENGINE DRIVEN
GENERATORS Checklist
DESCENT
14. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
Note: After passing BEATTY, “Boeing 33, cleared
direct FUZZY. Pilot’s discretion, descend to
cross FUZZY at 16,000 feet at 250 kts.”
Note: “Boeing 33, contact Approach, 1XX.XX.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-7.16
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7B
15. Prepare for approach into KLAS
• ILS and Visual Approaches RWY 25L and
25R in use
• FMC Entries
REFERENCE
OM 11.43
16. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 30 landing
• Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing.
• DESCENT Checklist.
OM NP.21
17. Approach Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• APPROACH Checklist
FCTM Ch 5
QRH NC 3
QRH NC 3
Note: After crossing IPUMY, “Boeing 33, descend
and maintain 8000. Expect the Visual
Approach to RWY 25 Left at Las Vegas.”
Note: Have crew maintain 8,000 feet until abeam the
departure end of RWY 25L, and instruct them
to report the runway in sight.
Note: “Boeing 33, Contact Las Vegas Tower 119.9
and tell them you have the runway in sight.”
Note: When crew reports the runway in sight, “Boeing
33, follow a Boeing 757 on two mile final.
Cleared Visual Approach, runway 25 Left.
Report turning final.”
Note: When the crew calls the airport in sight and
when in the abeam position for RWY 25L, clear
crew for a Visual Approach to RWY 25L.
APPROACH and LANDING
Note: When established on final approach and still
above 1,500 feet AGL, “Boeing 33, traffic still
on the runway. Can you accept runway 25
Right?”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-7.17
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7B
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
Note: Emphasize the need for effective Workload
Management and Decision Making Attributes
to accomplish operational considerations.
Note: “Boeing 33, cleared to land runway 25 Right.”
18. Visual RWY 25L Approach
QRH MAN 2;
FCTM Ch 5
• Single-channel, Autopilot or Manual
Approach
19. LANDING Procedure and Checklist
OM NP.21;
FCTM Ch 6
• Manual Landing
AFTER LANDING
20. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
21. After Landing Procedure (exit runway to the
right)
Note: Have crew exit the runway to the right. Clear
crew to taxi via Golf, and Golf Two to the ramp
and gate A19.
Note: Gate A19 may not be marked in all simulator
visuals. In this case, choose any close gate for
parking.
Note: If there is any remaining time in the session
and at the instructor’s discretion, accomplish
any outstanding training items.
SHUTDOWN / SECURE
22. SHUTDOWN Procedure and Checklist
QRH NC 3;
OM NP.21
23. SECURE Procedure and Checklist
QRH NC 4;
OM NP.21
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-7.18
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 7
Debrief
DEBRIEF
Student Evaluation of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their
debriefing of session events:
• How did the session go?
• What are the crews’ general impressions?
• Was there anything the crew should or could have done
differently that would have resulted in a better outcome?
• Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the
crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed?
• What can the crew do next time to improve?
• What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and
continue in the future?
Instructor Debrief of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM
and task performance be conducted as much as possible during
the training session.
Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should
review.
Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of
responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support
and enhance CRM.
Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human
factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient
communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from
power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all
resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all
crew members.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-7.19
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 7
Full Flight Simulator
Summary of Next Lesson
• Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure,
Approach, System, etc.)
• Provide references for information that students should review
Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and
concerns to discuss during the next briefing session.
Questions
Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students:
• Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now?
• Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned
in previous lessons?
• Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused
about?
• Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is:
– In conflict with your understanding?
– In conflict with what you have read?
• At this point in your training – does everything seem clear
to you?
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-7.20
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 8
4-8 FFS Lesson 8
DURATION
• Total scheduled time = 4:00 hours
• Scheduled time for each profile = 1:50 to 1:55 hours
• Break = 0:15 hours
LESSON SUMMARY
This lesson has two flight profiles. Profile 8A begins at Seattle Tacoma
International Airport (KSEA) and ends at Moses Lake International
Airport (KMWH). Profile 8B is a local flight starting and ending at Moses
Lake (KMWH). The crew performs Normal and selected Non-Normal
Procedures, systems management, airplane control, and navigation.
Emphasis is on preparation for the evaluation check ride.
LESSON OBJECTIVES
• Apply CRM attributes successfully during all procedures
• Perform normal flight activities to the required level of proficiency
• Demonstrate integration of information and systems management
tasks during Normal and Non-Normal Procedures to the required
level of proficiency
• Perform all Normal and selected Non-Normal and Supplementary
Procedures to the required level of proficiency
– Specifically, perform engine out procedures to the required level
of proficiency
ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY
Proficiency in performing all airplane control, levels of automation, and
handling of non-normal situations to the Practical Test Standards.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-8.1
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 8A
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson Data (A)
LESSON DATA (PROFILE A)
ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KSEA-KMWH)
ORIGIN:
Seattle Tacoma International Airport (KSEA)
RUNWAY:
16L
ROUTE:
MONTN__.MONTN V2 ELN Direct EPH
DEPARTURE:
MOUNTAIN ____
CRZ ALT.:
FL190
ARRIVAL:
None
DESTINATION:
Moses Lake International Airport (KMWH)
FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33
PERFORMANCE
737-700
GW:
132,000 lbs
(59,091 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
22,000 lbs
(9,091 kgs) ISA DEV:
0
ZFW:
110,000 lbs
(50,000 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO-1, CLB
RESERVES:
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: 50C
CRZ ALT:
FL190
FLAPS:
5
COST INDEX:
20
CG:
18.9%
737-800
GW:
157,500 lbs
(70,682 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
22,000 lbs
(9,091 kgs) ISA DEV:
0
ZFW:
135,500 lbs
(61,591 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO-1, CLB
RESERVES:
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: 52C
CRZ ALT:
FL190
FLAPS:
5
COST INDEX:
20
CG:
18.9%
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-8.2
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 8A
WEATHER (KSEA)
Note: Use the Non-Precision Weather preset (600 ft. ceiling and 2 miles
visibility) on the IOS panel.
WIND:
210/15
TEMPERATURE: 15C
VISIBILITY:
2
DEWPOINT:
14C
ALTIMETER:
30.03
SKY COND: OVC005
ILS RWYs 16L and 16R in use
Departing RWY 16L and 16C
WEATHER (KMWH)
WIND:
020/15
TEMPERATURE: 15C
VISIBILITY:
¼ mile
DEWPOINT:
15C
ALTIMETER:
29.80
SKY COND: OVC001
ILS RWY 32R in use
Landing and Departing RWY 32R
CLEARANCE
Boeing 33, cleared to Moses Lake International Airport, via the
MOUNTAIN ____ Departure, as filed. Climb and maintain 9,000. Contact
Seattle Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1137.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-8.3
4-8.4
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
15
20
30
40
10
KSEA (Day)
0
RTO
20
REDUCED
THRUST T/O
W/ X-WIND
SOURCE OFF
30
10,000’
STEEP TURNS
ENGINES RUNNING
- HOLD SHORT OF
RWY 16L
40
11,000’
UNUSUAL
ATTITUDES
- NOSE HIGH
- NOSE LOW
50
REJ
LDG-M/A
1:00
TIME
4,000’
TE
FLAP
ASYM
(1-5)
HOLD
F/S
10
F/S
20
30
3,000’
40
2:00
KMWH (Day)
50
F/S
EVAC
LANDING
ROLL
APU
FIRE
VISUAL APPROACH
14L OR 22 OR 32R
- ENG INOP
- MNL W/ FD
M/A
ENG FIRE
OR SEVERE
DAMAGE
AFTER V1
ILS RWY 32R
- ENG INOP
- MNL W/ FD
RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 22, CIRCLE 32R
- MNL W/ FD
- FULL W/ PT
RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 32R
- MNL W/ FD
- FULL W/ PT OR HOLD
APPROACH TO
STALL PRACTICE
STALL REC 1-3
ILS RWY 32R
Lesson 8A
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile (A)
Full Flight Simulator
PROFILE A
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 8A
REFERENCE
Lesson Plan (A)
LESSON PLAN (PROFILE A)
Note: Begin lesson with engines running, holding
short of runway 16L.
TAXI
1. Before Taxi Procedure
• BEFORE TAXI Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff.
2. Before Takeoff Procedure
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
3. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Note: “Boeing 33, Runway 16 Left, line up and wait.”
TAKEOFF – RWY 16L
Note: Activate a malfunction to occur approximately
15 kts. below V1. An engine failure is
suggested.
4. RTO
QRH MAN.1
FCTM Ch 3
• RTO Procedure
• Appropriate checklist
• Brake energy consideration - QRH
QRH MAN.1
PI-QRH.11
Note: Crew should execute a methodical, controlled
rejected takeoff with the required call outs.
Note: After stopping, reposition to the takeoff
position, RWY 16L.
Note: Activate a SOURCE OFF Non-Normal to occur
at rotation.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-8.5
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 8A
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
5. Takeoff Procedure
• Assumed Temperature — OR —
Reduced Thrust Takeoff
• Crosswind
OM NP.21.44
6. SOURCE OFF
• SOURCE OFF Checklist
QRH NNC 6
FCTM Ch 3
CLIMB
7. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
Note: At 10,000 feet, have crew fly two, 180 degree
steep turns, then conduct a nose high and a
nose low unusual attitude recovery practice.
8. Steep Turns
QRH MAN.1;
FCTM Ch 7
Note: Choose at least one nose-high unusual attitude
and one nose-low unusual attitude scenario.
9. Unusual Attitude Recovery Training
QRH MAN.1;
FCTM Ch 7
• Scenario 1: Nose High
• Scenario 2: Nose Low
Note: “Boeing 33, contact Seattle Center, 1XX.XX.”
Note: Upon completion of airwork, provide vectors to
intercept Victor airway 2 (V2), and have crew
climb and maintain 11,000 feet.
Note: Activate 2x speed until just prior to the top of
descent point.
CRUISE
Note: Provide vectors direct to Pelly for the ILS RWY
32R Approach with Approach Stall Recovery
practice.
Note: Provide KMWH ATIS information to the crew.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-8.6
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 8A
REFERENCE
DESCENT
Note: Remove 2x speed prior to descending.
Note: Provide vectors for ILS RWY 32R Approach
KMWH to incorporate the stall series.
Note: “Boeing 33, pilot’s discretion, descend and
maintain ____. Expect ILS Runway 32 Right
Approach at Moses Lake.”
10. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
11. Prepare for approach into KMWH
• ILS RWY 32R Approach
• FMC Entries
12. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 30 landing
• Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing
• DESCENT Checklist
OM 11.43
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 5
QRH NC.3
APPROACH and LANDING
Note: Accomplish stall series during downwind,
base, and final approach radar vectored legs
for the ILS RWY 32R Approach. Accomplish
either a Missed Approach or Rejected Landing
after the third stall recovery on final approach.
13. APPROACH Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• APPROACH Checklist
14. ILS RWY 32R Approach
• Autopilot Approach with FD
QRH NC 3
QRH MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 5
• Manual thrust (no autothrottles)
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-8.7
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 8A
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
15. Approach to Stall Series
• Stall recovery 1 – downwind leg, clean
configuration
• Stall recovery 2 – turn to base leg, flaps 5
• Stall recovery 3 – established on final
approach, landing configuration
16. LANDING Procedure
• LANDING Checklist
OM NP.21
17. REJECTED Landing
FCTM Ch 6
FCTM Ch 6
Note: Observe correct performance of procedure and
crew coordination.
MISSED APPROACH
Note: “Boeing 33, radar contact lost. Cleared direct
IWKID for the RNAV Yankee Runway 32 Right
Approach. Contact Approach, 1XX.XX.”
18. Missed Approach Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 5
CLIMB
19. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
Note: Activate a TE FLAP ASYMMETRY(1-5)
malfunction to occur during retraction.
20. TE FLAP ASYMMETRY
• TE FLAP ASYMMETRY Checklist
• Deferred Items
QRH NNC 9
Note: “Boeing 33, hold SE of IWKID, as published.
Climb and maintain 4,000. Expect further
clearance at XXXX.”
Note: After entering the holding pattern, clear crew
for the RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 32R Approach.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-8.8
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 8A
REFERENCE
DESCENT
21. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
22. Prepare for approach into KMWH
• Non-ILS Approach
• FMC Entries
QRH MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 5
OM 11.43
23. DESCENT Checklist - Deferred Item from
Trailing Edge Flap Asymmetry Checklist
• APPROACH REF page
APPROACH and LANDING
24. APPROACH Checklist - Deferred Item from
Trailing Edge Flap Asymmetry Checklist
25. Non-ILS Approach – RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 32R
Approach
• Manual Approach with FD
• Full approach with procedure turn or hold
26. LANDING Checklist - Deferred Item from
Trailing Edge Flap Asymmetry Checklist
• Manual Landing
QRH MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 5
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 6
AFTER LANDING
27. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
Note: Clear all malfunctions after landing.
Note: Reposition from the runway after landing; do
not accomplish the After Landing Procedure.
Reposition to takeoff position RWY 32R and
reconfigure for takeoff before starting the
Before Takeoff Procedure.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-8.9
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 8A
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
Note: “Boeing 33, after takeoff, cleared direct
EPHRATA (EPH). Climb and maintain 4,000.
Expect the RNAV Yankee RWY 22 Approach
to Moses Lake, circle-to-land RWY 32 Right.”
28. Before Takeoff Procedure
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
29. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Note: “Boeing 33, Runway 32 Right, cleared for
takeoff.”
TAKEOFF – RWY 32R
30. Takeoff Procedure
QRH MAN 2;
FCTM Ch 3
• Crosswind
CLIMB
31. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
Note: Prior to reaching EPH, “Boeing 33, radar out of
service. Cleared RNAV Yankee Runway 22
Approach via the EPHRATA Transition.
Maintain 4,000 until established. Contact
Tower procedure turn inbound.”
DESCENT
32. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
33. Prepare for Approach to KMWH
• Non-ILS (RNAV or VOR) Approaches in use
with circle-to-land
• FMC Entries
OM SP.4;
FTCM Ch 5
OM 11.43
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-8.10
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 8A
34. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Appropriate flaps setting for landing
• Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing
• DESCENT Checklist
REFERENCE
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 5
QRH NC 3
Note: Set weather to allow circling: 1000 OVC,
5 miles visibility, runway lighting, remove haze.
Having the visual conditions as dusk instead of
daytime will help the crew see runway lighting
during the circle.
Note: Change surface winds to support circling with a
crosswind pushing the aircraft towards the
runway during the circle.
APPROACH and LANDING
35. APPROACH Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• APPROACH Checklist
QRH NC 3
Note: When crew reports procedure turn inbound,
“Boeing 33, continue. Report the runway in
sight.”
Note: When crew reports the runway in sight, “Boeing
33, cleared to circle SW, report left base,
runway 32 Right.”
36. Non-ILS Approach – RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 22
Approach, circle RWY 32R
OM SP.4;
FTCM Ch 5
• Manual Approach with FD
• Full Approach with Procedure Turn
37. LANDING Procedure
• LANDING Checklist
• Circle-to-land
• Manual Landing
OM NP.21;
QRH NC 3
FTCM Ch 5
FTCM Ch 6
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-8.11
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 8A
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
AFTER LANDING
38. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
Note: Reposition to takeoff position RWY 32R and
reconfigure for takeoff before starting the
Before Takeoff Procedure.
Note: “Boeing 33, after takeoff, fly runway heading.
Expect vectors for the ILS runway 32 Right
Approach. Climb and maintain 3,000.”
39. Before Takeoff Procedure
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
TAKEOFF
Note: Reset winds to 290/12. Change weather to 300
overcast with 1 mile visibility.
Note: Activate an ENGINE FIRE or Severe Damage
to occur at or above V1.
40. Takeoff Procedure with ENGINE FIRE or
Engine Severe Damage at or above V1
•
•
•
•
•
QRH MAN 2, NNC 7;
OM 4.20, NP.21;
FCTM Ch 3
Rudder required for directional control
Trim requirements
Rotation rate and target pitch attitude
Flight director usage
Memory items and crew coordination
Note: Provide vectors for the ILS RWY 32R
Approach.
CLIMB
41. ENGINE FIRE or Engine Severe Damage
Checklist
QRH NNC 8
42. AFTER TAKEOFF Procedure and Checklist
QRH NC 2
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-8.12
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 8A
REFERENCE
DESCENT
43. One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• Deferred Items
44. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
45. Prepare for Approach to KMWH
• ILS Approach RWY 32R in use
• FMC Entries
• Review arrival procedure
OM 11.43
46. DESCENT Checklist – Deferred Item from One
Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 15 landing
APPROACH and LANDING
47. APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from
One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
48. ILS RWY 32R Approach
• Engine-Inop, Manual Approach with FD
QRH NNC 7, MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 3
49. LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from One
Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• Engine-Inop, Manual Landing
MISSED APPROACH
50. Missed Approach Procedure
• Engine Inop
QRH MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 5
QRH NNC 7;
FCTM Ch 3
Note: Increase simulator weather to allow for a Visual
Approach (CAVOK).
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-8.13
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 8A
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
Note: Instruct crew to fly runway heading, and to
climb and maintain 3,000 feet. Provide
appropriate radar vectors for a visual pattern to
a runway (14L, 22, or 32R), instructor’s
discretion.
CLIMB
51. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
Note: “Boeing 33, maintain 3,000. Expect a Visual
Approach to RWY ___ at Moses Lake.”
DESCENT
52. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
53. Prepare for approach to KMWH
• Visual Approach RWYs 14L, 22, and 32R in
use
• FMC Entries
OM 11.43
54. DESCENT Checklist – Deferred Item from One
Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 15 landing
APPROACH and LANDING
55. APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from
One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
56. Visual RWY 14L, 22, or 32R Approach
• Engine Inop, Visual Approach
57. LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from One
Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• Engine-Inop, Manual Landing
QRH NNC 7, MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 3
QRH NNC 7, MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 3
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-8.14
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 8A
REFERENCE
Note: When on short final approach, activate an APU
FIRE that is not extinguishable.
58. APU FIRE
• APU FIRE Checklist
QRH NNC 8
AFTER LANDING
59. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
Note: Crew should accomplish the APU FIRE
Checklist and EVACUATION.
60. EVACUATION
• EVACUATION Checklist
QRH BACK COVER
FCTM Ch 8
BREAK: 15 minutes
Switch flying pilot and repeat profile.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-8.15
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 8B
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson Data (B)
LESSON DATA (PROFILE B)
ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KMWH-KMWH)
ORIGIN:
Moses Lake International Airport (KMWH)
RUNWAY:
32R
ROUTE:
MOSES__.MOSES Direct MWH
DEPARTURE:
MOSES__.MOSES
CRZ ALT.:
16,000 ft
ARRIVAL:
None
DESTINATION:
Moses Lake International Airport (KMWH)
FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33
PERFORMANCE
737-700
GW:
132,000 lbs
(59,091 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
22,000 lbs
(9,091 kgs) ISA DEV:
0
ZFW:
110,000 lbs
(50,000 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO-1, CLB
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) FLAPS:
5
RESERVES:
CRZ ALT:
16,000
COST INDEX:
35
CG:
18.9%
737-800
GW:
157,500 lbs
(70,682 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
22,000 lbs
(9,091 kgs) ISA DEV:
0
ZFW:
135,500 lbs
(61,591 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO-1, CLB
6,000 lbs
(2,727 kgs) FLAPS:
5
RESERVES:
CRZ ALT:
16,000
COST INDEX:
35
CG:
18.9%
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-8.16
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 8B
WEATHER (KMWH)
Note: Use the Non-Precision Weather preset (600 ft. ceiling and 2 miles
visibility) on the IOS panel.
WIND:
020/15
TEMPERATURE: 15C
VISIBILITY:
¼ mile
DEWPOINT:
16C
ALTIMETER:
29.80
SKY COND: OVC010
ILS RWY 32R in use
Landing and Departing RWY 32R
CLEARANCE
Boeing 33, cleared to Moses Lake International Airport, via the MOSES
____ Departure, as filed. Climb and maintain 9,000. Squawk 1157.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-8.17
4-8.18
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
15
20
30
40
10
KMWH (Day)
0
RTO
20
REDUCED
THRUST T/O
W/ X-WIND
30
10,000’
STEEP TURNS
ENGINES RUNNING
- HOLD SHORT OF
RWY 32R
40
50
1:00
TIME
4,000’
TE
FLAP
ASYM
(0-1)
HOLD
F/S
10
20
F/S
30
3,000’
40
2:00
KMWH (Day)
50
F/S
LANDING
ROLL
SHUT
DOWN
VISUAL APPROACH
14L OR 22 OR 32R
- ENG INOP
- MNL W/ FD
M/A
ENG FIRE
OR SEVERE
DAMAGE
AFTER V1
ILS RWY 32R
- ENG INOP
- MNL W/ FD
RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 4, CIRCLE 14L
- MNL W/ FD
- FULL W/ PT
RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 32R
- MNL W/ FD
- FULL W/ PT OR HOLD
APPROACH TO
STALL PRACTICE
STALL REC 1-3
REJ
LDG-M/A
CARGO
FIRE
UNUSUAL
ATTITUDES
- NOSE HIGH
- NOSE LOW
ILS RWY 32R
Lesson 8B
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile (B)
Full Flight Simulator
PROFILE B
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 8B
REFERENCE
Lesson Plan (B)
LESSON PLAN (PROFILE B)
Note: Begin lesson with engines running, holding
short of runway 32R. Do not taxi.
TAXI
1. Before Taxi Procedure
• BEFORE TAXI Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
Note: “Boeing 33, Hold short runway 32 Right.”
Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff.
2. Before Takeoff Procedure
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
3. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
Note: “Boeing 33, Runway 32 Right, cleared for
takeoff.”
TAKEOFF – RWY 32R
Note: Activate a malfunction to occur approximately
15 kts. below V1. An engine failure is
suggested.
4. RTO
QRH MAN.1;
FCTM Ch 3
• RTO Procedure
• Appropriate checklist
• Brake energy consideration - QRH
PI-QRH.11
Note: Crew should execute a methodical, controlled
rejected takeoff with the required call outs.
Note: After stopping, reposition to the takeoff
position, RWY 32R.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-8.19
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 8B
Full Flight Simulator
5. Takeoff Procedure
• Reduced Thrust Takeoff
• Crosswind
REFERENCE
OM NP.21
QRH NNC 8
FCTM Ch 3
CLIMB
6. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
Note: At 10,000 feet, have crew fly two, 180 degree
steep turns, then conduct a nose high and a
nose low unusual attitude recovery practice.
7. Steep Turns
FTCM Ch 7
Note: Choose at least one nose-high unusual attitude
and one nose-low unusual attitude scenario.
8. Unusual Attitude Recovery Training
QRH MAN.1;
FCTM Ch 7
• Scenario 1: Nose High
• Scenario 2: Nose Low
Note: Upon completion of airwork, provide vectors
back to Moses Lake for the ILS RWY 32R
Approach.
CRUISE
9. CARGO FIRE
• CARGO FIRE Checklist
• Deferred Items
QRH NNC 8
Note: Provide vectors direct to Pelly for the ILS 32R
Approach with Approach Stall Recovery
practice.
Note: Provide KMWH ATIS information to the crew.
Note: Remove CARGO FIRE Non-Normal after the
checklist has been completed and discussion
of handling of this issue both in the air and after
landing have been discussed.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-8.20
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 8B
REFERENCE
DESCENT
Note: The vectored ILS RWY 32R Approach to
KMWH incorporates the stall series.
Note: “Boeing 33, pilot’s discretion, descend and
maintain X,000. Expect ILS Runway 32 Right
Approach at Moses Lake.”
10. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
11. Prepare for approach into KMWH
• ILS RWY 32R Approach
• FMC Entries
12. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 30 landing
• Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing
• DESCENT Checklist
OM 11.43
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 5
QRH NC 3
APPROACH and LANDING
13. APPROACH Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• APPROACH Checklist
QRH NC 3
Note: Accomplish stall series during downwind,
base, and final approach radar vectored legs
for the ILS RWY 32R Approach. Accomplish
either a Missed Approach or Rejected Landing
after the third stall recovery on final approach.
14. ILS RWY 32R Approach
• Autopilot Approach with FD
• Manual thrust (no autothrottles)
OM NP.21, SP.4
FCTM Ch 5
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-8.21
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 8B
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
15. Approach to Stall Series
• Stall recovery 1 – downwind leg, clean
configuration
• Stall recovery 2 – turn to base leg, flaps 5
• Stall recovery 3 – established on final
approach, landing configuration
FCTM Ch 7
16. LANDING Procedure
• LANDING Checklist
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 6
17. REJECTED Landing
Note: Observe correct performance of procedure and
crew coordination.
MISSED APPROACH
Note: “Boeing 33, radar contact lost. Cleared direct
IWKID for the RNAV Yankee Runway 32 Right
Approach. Contact Approach, 1XX.XX.”
18. Missed Approach Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 5
CLIMB
19. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
Note: Activate a TE FLAP ASYMMETRY (0-1)
malfunction to occur during retraction.
20. TE FLAP ASYMMETRY
• TE FLAP ASYMMETRY Checklist
• Deferred Items
QRH NNC 9
Note: “Boeing 33, hold SE of IWKID, as published.
Climb and maintain 4,000. Expect further
clearance at XXXX.”
Note: After entering the holding pattern, clear crew
for the RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 32R Approach.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-8.22
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 8B
REFERENCE
DESCENT
21. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
22. Prepare for approach into KMWH
• Non-ILS Approach
• FMC Entries
OM 11.43
23. DESCENT Checklist - Deferred Item from
Trailing Edge Flap Asymmetry Checklist
• APPROACH REF page
APPROACH and LANDING
24. APPROACH Checklist - Deferred Item from
Trailing Edge Flap Asymmetry Checklist
25. Non-ILS Approach – RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 32R
Approach
• Manual Approach with FD
• Full Approach with PT
26. LANDING Checklist - Deferred Item from
Trailing Edge Flap Asymmetry Checklist
• Manual Landing
QRH MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 5
OM SP.4
FCTM Ch 6
AFTER LANDING
27. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
Note: Clear all malfunctions after landing.
Note: Reposition to takeoff position RWY 32R and
reconfigure for takeoff before starting the
Before Takeoff Procedure.
Note: “Boeing 33, after takeoff, cleared direct
EPHRATA (EPH). Climb and maintain 6,000.
Expect the RNAV Yankee Runway 4 Approach
to Moses Lake, circle-to-land runway 14L.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-8.23
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 8B
Full Flight Simulator
28. Before Takeoff Procedure
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
REFERENCE
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
Note: “Boeing 33, Runway 32 Right, cleared for
takeoff.”
TAKEOFF – RWY 32R
29. Takeoff Procedure
• Crosswind
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 3
CLIMB
30. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
Note: Prior to reaching EPH, “Boeing 33, radar out of
service. Cleared direct ONPIC. Cleared RNAV
Yankee Runway 4 Approach. Maintain 6,000
until established. Contact Tower procedure
turn inbound.”
DESCENT
31. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
32. Prepare for Approach to KMWH
• Non-ILS (RNAV or VOR) Approaches in use
with circle-to-land
• FMC Entries
OM SP.4;
FCTM Ch 5
OM 11.43
33. Descent Procedure
• APPROACH REF page
– Appropriate flaps setting for landing
• Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing
• DESCENT Checklist
OM NP.21
FCTM Ch 5
QRH NC 3
Note: Set weather to allow circling: 1,000 OVC,
5 miles visibility, runway lighting, remove haze.
Having the visual conditions as dusk instead of
daytime will help the crew see runway lighting
during the circle.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-8.24
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 8B
REFERENCE
Note: Change surface winds to support circling with a
crosswind pushing the aircraft towards the
runway during the circle.
APPROACH and LANDING
34. APPROACH Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
OM 11.43, NP.21
• APPROACH Checklist
QRH NC 3
Note: When crew reports procedure turn inbound,
“Boeing 33, continue. Report the runway in
sight.”
Note: When crew reports the runway in sight, “Boeing
33, cleared to circle NE, report left base,
runway 14 Left.”
35. Non-ILS Approach – RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 4
Approach, circle RWY 14L
• Manual Approach with FD
• Full Approach with Procedure Turn
36. LANDING Procedure
OM NP.21;
FCTM Ch 6
• LANDING Checklist
• Circle-to-land
• Manual Landing
FCTM Ch 5
FCTM Ch 6
AFTER LANDING
37. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
Note: Reposition from the runway after landing; do
not accomplish the After Landing Procedure.
Reposition to takeoff position RWY 32R and
reconfigure for takeoff before starting the
Before Takeoff Procedure.
Note: “Boeing 33, after takeoff, fly runway heading.
Expect vectors for the ILS RWY 32 Right
Approach. Climb and maintain 3,000.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-8.25
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 8B
Full Flight Simulator
38. Before Takeoff Procedure
• Flaps 5 takeoff
• BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist
REFERENCE
OM NP.21
QRH NC 2
39. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance
TAKEOFF
Note: Reset winds to 290/12. Change weather to 300
overcast with 1 mile visibility.
Note: Activate an ENGINE FIRE or Severe Damage
to occur at or above V1.
40. Takeoff Procedure with ENGINE FIRE at or
above V1
• Rudder required for directional control
• Trim requirements
• Rotation rate and target pitch attitude
• Flight director usage
• Memory items and crew coordination
QRH NNC 8
Note: Provide vectors for the ILS RWY 32R
Approach.
CLIMB
41. ENGINE FIRE or Engine Severe Damage
Checklist
QRH NNC 8
42. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
DESCENT
43. One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• Deferred Items
44. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-8.26
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 8B
45. Prepare for Approach to KMWH
• ILS Approach RWY 32R in use
• FMC Entries
REFERENCE
OM 11.43
46. DESCENT Checklist - Deferred Item from the
One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 15 landing
APPROACH and LANDING
47. APPROACH Checklist - Deferred Item from the
One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
48. ILS RWY 32R Approach
• Engine-Inop, Manual Approach with FD
QRH NNC 7, MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 3
49. LANDING Checklist - Deferred Item from the
One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
MISSED APPROACH
50. Missed Approach Procedure
QRH MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 5
• Engine Inop
Note: Increase simulator weather to allow for a Visual
Approach (CAVOK).
CLIMB
Note: Instruct crew to fly runway heading, and to
climb and maintain 3,000 feet. Provide
appropriate radar vectors for a visual pattern to
a runway (14L, 22, or 32R), instructor’s
discretion.
51. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist
QRH NC 2
Note: “Boeing 33, maintain 3,000. Expect a Visual
Approach to RWY ___ at Moses Lake.”
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-8.27
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 8B
Full Flight Simulator
REFERENCE
DESCENT
52. One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• Deferred Items
53. Descent Clearance provided by ATC
54. Prepare for Approach to KMWH
• Visual Approach RWYs 14L, 22, and 32R in
use
• FMC Entries
OM 11.43
55. DESCENT Checklist - Deferred Item from the
One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• APPROACH REF page
– Flaps 15 landing
APPROACH and LANDING
56. APPROACH Checklist - Deferred Item from the
One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
57. Visual Approach - RWY 14L, 22, or 32R
Approach
• Engine-Inop, Manual Approach with FD
QRH NNC 7, MAN.2;
FCTM Ch 3
58. LANDING Checklist - Deferred Item from the
One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
• Engine-Inop, Manual Landing
AFTER LANDING
59. Landing Roll Procedure
OM NP.21
60. After Landing Procedure
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-8.28
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 8B
REFERENCE
SHUTDOWN / SECURE
Note: Accomplish SHUTDOWN and SECURE
Procedures if time permits.
61. SHUTDOWN Procedure and Checklist
QRH NC 3;
OM NP.21
62. SECURE Procedure and Checklist
QRH NC 4;
OM NP.21
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-8.29
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 8
Full Flight Simulator
Debrief
DEBRIEF
Student Evaluation of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their
debriefing of session events:
• How did the session go?
• What are the crews’ general impressions?
• Was there anything the crew should or could have done
differently that would have resulted in a better outcome?
• Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the
crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed?
• What can the crew do next time to improve?
• What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and
continue in the future?
Instructor Debrief of Session
• Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the
use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the
lesson
Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM
and task performance be conducted as much as possible during
the training session.
Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should
review.
Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of
responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support
and enhance CRM.
Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human
factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient
communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from
power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all
resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all
crew members.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-8.30
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Lesson 8
Questions
Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students:
• Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now?
• Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned
in previous lessons?
• Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused
about?
• Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is:
– In conflict with your understanding?
– In conflict with what you have read?
• At this point in your training – does everything seem clear
to you?
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-8.31
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Lesson 8
Full Flight Simulator
Intentionally
Blank
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-8.32
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Evaluation
4-9 FFS Evaluation
DURATION
• Total scheduled time = 5:00 hours
• Scheduled time for each profile = 2:10 to 2:15 hours
• Break = 0:15 hours
EVALUATION SUMMARY
The simulator evaluation flight profile includes those procedures and
maneuvers that can be evaluated in a motion visual simulator. The
sequence may be changed and other non-normal procedures selected at
the discretion of the check pilot.
The instructor will provide appropriate instructions, weather information
and air traffic clearances and, insofar as possible, conduct the flight on a
real time basis. VNAV or V/S will be used on non-ILS approaches per
operator procedures. Simulator system faults will be removed after each
full stop landing.
The crew will be expected to respond to instructions and situations as
they would on a line flight (except for the approach to stall, steep turn,
and unusual attitude recovery exercises), and to use flight deck
resources available (autopilot, autothrottle, etc.) unless specifically
restricted by the evaluator. Command qualities and crew coordination
are a part of the evaluation.
The non-FAA evaluation will be used for pilots who are not in training to
receive an FAA certificate.
The FAA evaluation meets the requirements of the Practical Test
Standards (PTS) for airline transport pilot and aircraft type rating and will
be used for pilots receiving an FAA certificate.
Either evaluation may be used based on operator requirements.
First officers are not required to demonstrate steep turns.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-9.1
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Evaluation (non-FAA)
Full Flight Simulator
Evaluation Data (non-FAA)
EVALUATION DATA (non-FAA)
ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KSEA-KMWH)
ORIGIN:
Seattle Tacoma International Airport (KSEA)
GATE:
C12 (N47°26.8 W122°18.2)
RUNWAY:
34C
ROUTE:
SEA, J90 MWH
DEPARTURE:
MOUNTAIN___ Departure
CRZ ALT.:
FL 230
ARRIVAL:
None
DESTINATION:
Grant County International Airport (KMWH)
FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33
PERFORMANCE
737-700
GW:
128,000 lbs
(58,100 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
25,000 lbs
(11,300 kgs) ISA DEV:
0
ZFW:
103,000 lbs
(46,800 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO, CLB
RESERVES:
10,000 lbs
(4,500 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP:
CRZ ALT:
FL 230
FLAPS:
5
CRZ WIND:
270°/40
CG:
18.3%
COST INDEX:
35
737-800
RUNWAY:
Dry
144,000 lbs
(65,300 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
23,500 lbs
(10,700 kgs) ISA DEV:
0
ZFW:
120,500 lbs
(54,600 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO, CLB
RESERVES:
10,000 lbs
(4,500 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP:
CRZ ALT:
FL 230
FLAPS:
5
CRZ WIND:
270°/40
CG:
18.3%
COST INDEX:
35
GW:
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-9.2
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Evaluation (non-FAA)
WEATHER (KSEA)
WIND:
250/10
TEMPERATURE: 15C
VISIBILITY:
¼ mile
DEWPOINT:
14C
ALTIMETER:
29.73 (1007 MB)
SKY COND: OVC100
ILS RWY 34C in use
Landing and departing RWY 34C
WEATHER (KMWH)
WIND:
280/15
TEMPERATURE: 21C
VISIBILITY:
4 miles
DEWPOINT:
18C
ALTIMETER:
29.75 (1008 MB)
SKY COND: Rain, OVC800
VOR-1 RWY 14L in use
Landing and departing RWY 32R
CLEARANCE
Boeing Trainer 33 is cleared to Grant County International Airport,
MOUNTAIN___ Departure, as filed. Maintain 4,000. Expect FL 230 five
minutes after departure. Departure control frequency 119.2, squawk
4737.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-9.3
4-9.4
737NG-T1-IG
0
5
10
10
KSEA (Day)
0
20
ENGINE
START
PUSHBACK
PREFLIGHT
RTO
30
40
RWY 34C
X-WIND
50
FL 230
1:00
10
TIME
20
REJ
LDG
HOLDING
AT EPH
30
5,000’
40
F/S
50
2:00
M/A
10
20
2:30
KMWH (Day)
F/S
APU
FIRE
ENG FAILURE
AFTER V1
X-WIND
ENG INOP
EVACUATION
MAN F/D
RWY 32R
X-WIND
ENG INOP
VISUAL
RWY 32R
X-WIND
ILS 32R
X-WIND
APPROACH TO STALL OR
STALL RECOVERY EXECISES
- LEVEL OFF
- TURNING BASE
- ILS FINAL
VOR-1 14L
CIRCLE 32R
X-WIND
STEEP TURNS AND
UNUSUAL ATTITUDES
SELECTED NON-NORMALS
WHEEL WELL FIRE
RUNAWAY STABILIZER
SOURCE OFF
CABIN ALT WARNING OR RAPID DEPRESS
EMERGENCY DECENT
SMOKE OR FUMES REMOVAL
SELECTED NON-NORMALS
15 ABORTED ENGINE START
START VALVE OPEN
20
30
40
Evaluation (non-FAA)
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Profile (non-FAA)
Full Flight Simulator
PROFILE (non-FAA)
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Evaluation (FAA)
Evaluation Data (FAA)
EVALUATION DATA (FAA)
ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KSEA-KMWH)
ORIGIN:
Seattle Tacoma International Airport (KSEA)
GATE:
C12 (N47°26.8 W122°18.2)
RUNWAY:
34C
ROUTE:
SEA, J90 MWH
DEPARTURE:
MOUNTAIN___ Departure
CRZ ALT.:
FL 230
ARRIVAL:
None
DESTINATION:
Grant County International Airport (KMWH)
FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33
PERFORMANCE
737-700
GW:
128,000 lbs
(58,100 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
25,000 lbs
(11,300 kgs) ISA DEV:
0
ZFW:
103,000 lbs
(46,800 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO, CLB
RESERVES:
10,000 lbs
(4,500 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP:
CRZ ALT:
FL 230
FLAPS:
5
CRZ WIND:
270°/40
CG:
18.3%
COST INDEX:
35
737-800
RUNWAY:
Dry
144,000 lbs
(65,300 kgs) RUNWAY:
Dry
FUEL:
23,500 lbs
(10,700 kgs) ISA DEV:
0
ZFW:
120,500 lbs
(54,600 kgs) N1 LIMIT:
TO, CLB
RESERVES:
10,000 lbs
(4,500 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP:
CRZ ALT:
FL 230
FLAPS:
5
CRZ WIND:
270°/40
CG:
18.3%
COST INDEX:
35
GW:
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-9.5
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Evaluation (FAA)
Full Flight Simulator
WEATHER (KSEA)
WIND:
250/10
TEMPERATURE: 15C
VISIBILITY:
¼ mile
DEWPOINT:
14C
ALTIMETER:
29.73 (1007 MB)
SKY COND: OVC100
ILS RWY 34C in use
Landing and departing RWY 34C
WEATHER (KMWH)
WIND:
280/15
TEMPERATURE: 21C
VISIBILITY:
4 miles
DEWPOINT:
18C
ALTIMETER:
29.75 (1008 MB)
SKY COND: Rain, OVC800
VOR-1 RWY 14L in use
Landing and departing RWY 32R
CLEARANCE
Boeing Trainer 33 is cleared to Grant County International Airport,
MOUNTAIN___ Departure, as filed. Maintain 4,000. Expect FL 230 five
minutes after departure. Departure control frequency 119.2, squawk
4737.
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-9.6
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Full Flight Simulator
Evaluation (FAA)
Maneuvers List (FAA)
MANEUVERS LIST
PREFLIGHT PROCEDURES
Preflight inspection
Engine start
Taxi out
Before takeoff checks
TAKEOFF AND DEPARTURE PHASE
Normal and crosswind takeoff
Instrument takeoff
Engine failure during takeoff
Rejected takeoff
Departure procedures
INFLIGHT MANEUVERS
Steep turns
Approach to stall or stall recovery
Engine failure – multiengine airplane
Accomplished with engine failure during takeoff
Unusual attitudes
INSTRUMENT PROCEDURES
Standard Terminal Arrival/Flight Management System procedures
Holding
ILS approaches:
Total of two required
One with one engine inoperative
One manually flown
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
June 6, 2013
737NG-T1-IG
4-9.7
737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide
Evaluation (FAA)
Full Flight Simulator
Non-ILS approaches:
Total of two required
One with procedure turn or RNAV terminal area arrival (TAA)
One manually flown without radar vectors
Circling approach
May be combined with one Non-ILS approach
Missed approach;
Two required
One complete published procedure
One from an ILS approach
One with one engine inoperative
LANDINGS AND APPROACHES TO LANDINGS
Three landings required
One to a full stop
More than one type may be combined
Normal and crosswind approaches and landings
Landing from a precision approach
Approach and landing with engine failure(s)
Landing from a circling approach
Rejected landing
Landing from a nonstandard flap approach
NORMAL AND NON-NORMAL PROCEDURES
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
POSTFLIGHT PROCEDURES
After landing procedure
Parking and securing
Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details.
4-9.8
737NG-T1-IG
June 6, 2013